Remove quotation marks from OL snippets (#1224)
This commit is contained in:
parent
b2b226fe54
commit
32777e16a2
164
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
164
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
|
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ MAT 1 22 p39k figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 the prophet There were ma
|
|||
MAT 1 23 q19h ἰδοὺ ... Ἐμμανουήλ 1 Behold ... Immanuel Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 1 23 dw7z ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος 1 Behold, the virgin "Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the virgin"
|
||||
MAT 1 23 sln1 translate-names Ἐμμανουήλ 1 Immanuel This is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 1 23 lm6t ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον," μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which means, "God with us." This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name "Immanuel." You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "This name means 'God with us.'"
|
||||
MAT 1 23 lm6t ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which means, "God with us." This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name "Immanuel." You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "This name means 'God with us.'"
|
||||
MAT 1 24 iue3 0 Connecting Statement: The author concludes his description of the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 24 iz4r ὡς προσέταξεν ... ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου 1 as the angel of the Lord commanded The angel had told Joseph to take Mary as his wife and to name the child Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 24 nr5e παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 he took her as his wife "he married Mary"
|
||||
|
@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ MAT 3 2 w7e9 figs-you μετανοεῖτε 1 Repent This is plural in form. Joh
|
|||
MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ... ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 fl4v figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For Isaiah the prophet was speaking of John the Baptist when he said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 hxb6 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: "The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard" or "They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness"
|
||||
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε‘ τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 y8b5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε‘ τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 y8b5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background δὲ … μέλι ἄγριον 1 Now ... wild honey The word "Now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 x7f3 translate-symaction εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ 1 wore clothing from camel's hair and a leather belt around his waist This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy τότε ... Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region The words "Jerusalem," "Judea," and "the region" are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word "all" is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
@ -184,14 +184,14 @@ MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς … τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 th
|
|||
MAT 4 3 m1va figs-quotations εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 command that these stones become bread. You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "say to these stones, 'Become bread.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 t3xm figs-synecdoche ἄρτοι 1 bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 rld7 οὐκ‘ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man shall not live on bread alone This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
|
||||
MAT 4 4 rld7 οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man shall not live on bread alone This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
|
||||
MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metonymy ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 but by every word that comes out of the mouth of God Here "word" and "mouth" refer to what God says. Alternate translation: "but by listening to everything that God says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 5 r4a5 0 General Information: In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are 1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus' own benefit. Alternate translation: "Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down" or 2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: "Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down"
|
||||
MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς … τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 c5kr βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 throw yourself down "let yourself fall to the ground" or "jump down"
|
||||
MAT 4 6 a5h2 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 for it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the writer wrote in the scriptures" or "for it says in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 ebc9 figs-quotations τοῖς‘ ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ’, καὶ 1 'He will command his angels to take care of you,' and "God will command his angels to take care of you, and" This can be translated with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "God will say to his angels, 'Take care of him,' and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 ebc9 figs-quotations τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ’, καὶ 1 'He will command his angels to take care of you,' and "God will command his angels to take care of you, and" This can be translated with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "God will say to his angels, 'Take care of him,' and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 f1mm ἀροῦσίν σε 1 They will lift you up "The angels will hold you"
|
||||
MAT 4 7 j6cb 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
MAT 4 7 u5jp figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 Again it is written It is understood that Jesus is quoting scripture again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ MAT 5 33 i5ak figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of pe
|
|||
MAT 5 33 dg2a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about swearing oaths.
|
||||
MAT 5 33 vv1e πάλιν ἠκούσατε 1 Again, you have heard "Also, you" or "Here is another example. You"
|
||||
MAT 5 33 fk86 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to those in ancient times This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God said to those who lived long ago" or "Moses said to your ancestors long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 33 tk9y οὐκ‘ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord. "Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do"
|
||||
MAT 5 33 tk9y οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord. "Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do"
|
||||
MAT 5 34 mpk1 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 34 m2n6 μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως 1 swear not at all "Do not swear at all" or "Do not swear by anything"
|
||||
MAT 5 34 u7su figs-metaphor θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 it is the throne of God Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a throne. Alternate translation: "it is from here that God rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ MAT 5 37 tke6 ἔστω … ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ ο
|
|||
MAT 5 38 quy6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The "you" is plural in "you have heard" and "I say to you." The "you" in "whoever strikes you" and the understood "you" in "turn to him" are both singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 38 s39u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy.
|
||||
MAT 5 38 zar1 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: "that God said" or "that Moses said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 38 w53l ὀφθαλμὸν‘ ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
|
||||
MAT 5 38 w53l ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 x2y9 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 qrx1 τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil person "an evil person" or "someone who harms you"
|
||||
MAT 5 39 ec5y ῥαπίζει … τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα 1 strikes ... your right cheek To strike the side of a man's face was an insult in Jesus' culture. As with the eye and the hand, the right cheek is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.
|
||||
|
@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ MAT 6 7 d1t2 μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 do not make useless repetitions
|
|||
MAT 6 7 a8ai figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθήσονται 1 they will be heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "their false gods will hear them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 fr1d figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words "you" and "your" are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words "you" and "your" are singular and refer to God, "Our Father in heaven." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 nv9i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 9 ad6l Πάτερ‘ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Our Father who is in heaven This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
|
||||
MAT 6 9 ad6l Πάτερ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Our Father who is in heaven This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
|
||||
MAT 6 9 mq4x figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 may your name be honored as holy Here "your name" refers to God himself. Alternate translation: "make everyone honor you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 May your kingdom come Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "May you rule over everyone and everything completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 pdc5 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς 1 May your will be done on earth as it is in heaven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will as everything in heaven does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ MAT 6 30 m23l figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1
|
|||
MAT 6 30 cd8w figs-rquestion ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 will he not clothe you much more, you of little faith? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: "he will certainly clothe you ... faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 ic18 ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith "you who have such little faith." Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.
|
||||
MAT 6 31 jps3 οὖν 1 Therefore "Because of all of this"
|
||||
MAT 6 31 pd6x figs-synecdoche τί‘ περιβαλώμεθα 1 What will we wear In this sentence, "clothes" is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: "What possessions will we have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 31 pd6x figs-synecdoche τί περιβαλώμεθα 1 What will we wear In this sentence, "clothes" is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: "What possessions will we have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 32 j77y γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν 1 For the Gentiles seek all these things "for the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear"
|
||||
MAT 6 32 ecb9 οἶδεν ... ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων 1 your heavenly Father knows that you need all of them Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
|
||||
MAT 6 32 unz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ MAT 7 22 m9py figs-rquestion ἐπροφητεύσαμεν ... δαιμόνια
|
|||
MAT 7 22 t5j7 figs-exclusive ἐπροφητεύσαμεν 1 did we ... prophesy This "we" does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 hg17 figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 in your name Possible meanings are 1) "by your authority" or "by your power" or 2) "because we were doing what you wanted us to do" or 3) "because we asked you for the power to do it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 p67f δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds "miracles"
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε‘ ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: "You are not my follower" or "I have nothing to do with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: "You are not my follower" or "I have nothing to do with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 fg9k οὖν 1 Therefore "For that reason"
|
||||
MAT 7 24 hbd7 figs-metonymy μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 these words of mine Here "words" refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 qjh9 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 will be like a wise man who built his house upon a rock Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his house where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ MAT 8 23 sl7v ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτ
|
|||
MAT 8 24 j55j ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: "Suddenly" or "Without warning"
|
||||
MAT 8 24 x7k1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 there arose a great storm on the sea This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "a powerful storm arose on the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 24 m6w8 figs-activepassive ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 so that the boat was covered with the waves This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that the waves covered the boat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 k2hd ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, "Κύριε, σῶσον 1 woke him up, saying, "Save us, Lord Possible meanings are 1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, "Save us" or 2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying "Save us."
|
||||
MAT 8 25 k2hd ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον 1 woke him up, saying, "Save us, Lord Possible meanings are 1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, "Save us" or 2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying "Save us."
|
||||
MAT 8 25 b2wh figs-inclusive σῶσον... ἀπολλύμεθα 1 Save us ... we are about to die If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 xf5d ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are about to die "we are going to die"
|
||||
MAT 8 26 jmt8 αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to the disciples"
|
||||
|
@ -670,9 +670,9 @@ MAT 9 4 u643 ἰδὼν ... τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 knew t
|
|||
MAT 9 4 n4yl figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 For what reason are you thinking evil in your hearts? Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 4 qg52 πονηρὰ 1 evil This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 d499 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here "hearts" refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται‘ σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι’, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε‘ καὶ περιπάτει’? 1 For which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί ... ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται‘ σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι’, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε‘ καὶ περιπάτει’? 1 which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: "which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?" or "you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται‘ σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven Here "your" is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have forgiven your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι’, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει’? 1 For which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί ... ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι’, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει’? 1 which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: "which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?" or "you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven Here "your" is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have forgiven your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 gk68 figs-you ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know "I will prove to you." The "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you σου τὴν κλίνην ... τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat ... your house Here "you" is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 td1z ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 go to your house Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
|
||||
|
@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ MAT 9 12 h5pg ἰατροῦ 1 physician doctor
|
|||
MAT 9 12 n33c figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 those who are sick The phrase "need a physician" is understood. Alternate translation: "people who are sick need a physician" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 fu2r πορευθέντες δὲ, μάθετε τί ἐστιν 1 But you should go and learn what this means Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: "You should learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures"
|
||||
MAT 9 13 is3t figs-you πορευθέντες 1 you should go Here "you" is plural and refers to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 tqr3 ἔλεος‘ θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, "I" refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 tqr3 ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, "I" refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 djt7 οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον 1 For I did not come Here "I" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 a886 figs-irony δικαίους 1 the righteous Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are righteous and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: "those who think they are righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 9 14 aa3c 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus' disciples do not fast.
|
||||
|
@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ MAT 9 20 etd3 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word "Behold" alerts us to a new person i
|
|||
MAT 9 20 gv15 figs-euphemism αἱμορροοῦσα 1 who suffered from a discharge of blood "who had been bleeding" or "who frequently had a flow of blood." She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 na37 translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 twelve years "12 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 m9zq τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 his garment "his robe" or "what he was wearing"
|
||||
MAT 9 21 eb6t figs-events ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ," ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι." 1 For she had said to herself, "If only I touch his clothes, I will be made well." She said this to herself before she touched Jesus' garment. This tells why she touched Jesus' garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MAT 9 21 eb6t figs-events ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. 1 For she had said to herself, "If only I touch his clothes, I will be made well." She said this to herself before she touched Jesus' garment. This tells why she touched Jesus' garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MAT 9 21 ukb8 figs-explicit ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 If only I touch his clothes According to Jewish law, because she was bleeding she was not supposed to touch anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus' power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 9 22 vi84 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς 1 But Jesus "The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 9 22 x398 θύγατερ 1 Daughter The woman was not Jesus' real daughter. Jesus was speaking to her politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated "Young woman" or even omitted.
|
||||
|
@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ MAT 10 5 ryl4 παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς 1 He instructed them "He to
|
|||
MAT 10 6 q1pb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 6 b6i2 figs-metonymy οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 house of Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "people of Israel" or "descendants of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 uff2 figs-you πορευόμενοι 1 as you go Here "you" is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν‘ ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 e13x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 8 v5sp figs-you θεραπεύετε ... ἐγείρετε ... καθαρίζετε ... ἐκβάλλετε ... ἐλάβετε ... δότε 1 Heal ... raise ... cleanse ... cast out ... you have received ... give These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 bb4d figs-idiom νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε 1 raise the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause the dead to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ MAT 10 11 p4ln πόλιν ... κώμην 1 city ... village "large village ...
|
|||
MAT 10 11 r7kj figs-you εἰσέλθητε 1 you enter This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 c3uf ἄξιός 1 worthy A "worthy" person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 a41d figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε 1 stay there until you leave The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "stay in that person's house until you leave the town or village" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 As you enter into the house, greet it The phrase "greet it" means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was "Peace be to this house!" Here "house" represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 As you enter into the house, greet it The phrase "greet it" means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was "Peace be to this house!" Here "house" represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 k1xk figs-you εἰσερχόμενοι 1 As you enter This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 qip2 figs-you ὑμῶν ... ὑμῶν 1 your ... your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία ... μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 the house is worthy ... it is not worthy Here "the house" represents those who live in the house. A "worthy" person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is "not worthy," a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: "the people who live in that house receive you well" or "the people who live in that house treat you well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ MAT 10 19 qzd2 μὴ μεριμνήσητε 1 do not be anxious about "do not w
|
|||
MAT 10 19 ien3 figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 how or what you will speak "how you are to speak or what you are to say." The two ideas may be combined: "what you are to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 l7rb figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ... τί λαλήσητε 1 for what to say will be given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here "hour" means "right then." Alternate translation: "right then" or "at that time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 yuk1 figs-you ὑμεῖς ... ὑμῶν ... ὑμῖν 1 you ... your ... you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 yuk1 figs-you ὑμεῖς ... ὑμῶν ... ὑμῖν 1 you ... your ... you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 v9tm τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 the Spirit of your Father If necessary, this can be translated as "the Spirit of God your heavenly Father" or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
|
||||
MAT 10 20 k3xr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 zxd8 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you "through you"
|
||||
|
@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ MAT 10 34 bx73 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his discipl
|
|||
MAT 10 34 rrp3 μὴ νομίσητε 1 Do not think "Do not suppose" or "You must not think"
|
||||
MAT 10 34 l5ad figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 upon the earth This refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: "to the people of the earth" or "to people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 34 jq6d figs-metonymy μάχαιραν 1 a sword This refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 35 xx5m διχάσαι‘ ἄνθρωπον κατὰ 1 to set a man against "to cause ... to fight against"
|
||||
MAT 10 35 xx5m διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ 1 to set a man against "to cause ... to fight against"
|
||||
MAT 10 35 k18y ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 a man against his father "a son against his father"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 lhc2 καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 A man's enemies "A person's enemies" or "A person's worst enemies"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 g166 οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 those of his own household "members of his own family"
|
||||
|
@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ MAT 11 3 hrk5 ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν? 1 should we look for anoth
|
|||
MAT 11 4 a66r ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ 1 report to John "tell John"
|
||||
MAT 11 5 sd6c figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am healing lepers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 5 v274 figs-activepassive νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 the dead are being raised back to life Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people who have died are being caused to live again" or "I am causing those who have died to become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 5 g3k4 figs-activepassive πτωχοὶ‘ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 the gospel is being preached to the poor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am preaching good news to the poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 5 g3k4 figs-activepassive πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 the gospel is being preached to the poor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am preaching good news to the poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 5 l443 figs-nominaladj πτωχοὶ 1 the poor This nominalized adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: "poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 11 7 g2q8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 7 ysq6 figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 What did you go out in the desert to see—a reed being shaken by the wind? Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: "Surely you did not go out to the desert to see a reed ... wind!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -1020,17 +1020,17 @@ MAT 11 16 yat1 τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 this generation "the people
|
|||
MAT 11 16 l7km ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplace a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items
|
||||
MAT 11 17 wn37 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues the parable that begins with the words "It is like" in verse 16.
|
||||
MAT 11 17 ai4e figs-parables λέγουσιν ... καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 and say ... and you did not weep Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 d916 figs-you ηὐλήσαμεν‘ ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you "We" refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here "you" is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 d916 figs-you ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you "We" refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here "you" is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 j5jd καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε 1 and you did not dance "but you did not dance to the happy music"
|
||||
MAT 11 17 t723 figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 We mourned This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 f87l καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 and you did not weep "but you did not cry with us"
|
||||
MAT 11 18 svc9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes talking to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 18 qe7y figs-synecdoche μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 not eating or drinking Here "bread" refers to food. It does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: "frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol" or "not eating fancy food and not drinking wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 p4ql figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον‘ ἔχει.’ 1 they say, 'He has a demon.' This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "they say that he has a demon" or "they accuse him of having a demon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 p4ql figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 they say, 'He has a demon.' This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "they say that he has a demon" or "they accuse him of having a demon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 kd4q λέγουσιν 1 they say All occurrences of "they" refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 iwk8 figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man came Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, came" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 gs6z ἦλθεν ... ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 came eating and drinking This is the opposite of John's behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 x4ec figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ‘, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης ... ἁμαρτωλῶν!’ 1 they say, 'Look, he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners!' This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." or "they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being ... sinners." If you translated "The Son of Man" as "I, the Son of man," you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: "they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 x4ec figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ‘, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης ... ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 they say, 'Look, he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners!' This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." or "they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being ... sinners." If you translated "The Son of Man" as "I, the Son of man," you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: "they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 d6gu ἄνθρωπος, φάγος 1 he is a gluttonous man "he is a greedy eater" or "he continually eats too much food"
|
||||
MAT 11 19 pv4n οἰνοπότης 1 a drunkard "a drunk" or "he continually drinks too much alcohol"
|
||||
MAT 11 19 vwk4 writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 But wisdom is justified by her children This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
@ -1116,8 +1116,8 @@ MAT 12 6 ji7a λέγω ... ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what
|
|||
MAT 12 6 k4mn figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν ἐστιν 1 one greater than the temple is "someone who is more important than the temple." Jesus was referring to himself as the one greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 7 rh53 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 vye2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 ypj7 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος‘ θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν’, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 If you had known what this meant, 'I desire mercy and not sacrifice,' you would not have condemned the guiltless Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: "The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: 'I desire mercy and not sacrifice.' If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the guiltless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος‘ θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers mercy more important than the sacrifices.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 ypj7 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 If you had known what this meant, 'I desire mercy and not sacrifice,' you would not have condemned the guiltless Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: "The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: 'I desire mercy and not sacrifice.' If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the guiltless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers mercy more important than the sacrifices.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 jw57 θέλω 1 I desire The pronoun "I" refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 s23l figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 the guiltless This can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "those who are not guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -1127,14 +1127,14 @@ MAT 12 9 hns8 καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν 1 Then Jesus left from t
|
|||
MAT 12 9 y4me τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue Possible meanings are 1) the word "their" refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: "the synogogue" or 2) the word "their" refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word "their" does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: "the synagogue that they attended"
|
||||
MAT 12 10 kjf6 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word "Behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 12 10 xb13 ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 a man who had a withered hand "a man who had a paralyzed hand" or "a man with a crippled hand"
|
||||
MAT 12 10 t948 καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, "εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν?" ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 The Pharisees asked Jesus, saying, "Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?" so that they might accuse him of sinning "The Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, 'Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?'"
|
||||
MAT 12 10 t948 καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 The Pharisees asked Jesus, saying, "Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?" so that they might accuse him of sinning "The Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, 'Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?'"
|
||||
MAT 12 10 gdj6 εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? 1 Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath "According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbath"
|
||||
MAT 12 10 c1cc figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him of sinning They did not just want to accuse Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 11 g98l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to the Pharisees' criticism.
|
||||
MAT 12 11 ng4j figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν ... οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 What man would there be among you, who, if he had just one sheep ... would not grasp hold of it and lift it out? Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: "Every one of you, if you only had one sheep ... would grab the sheep and lift it out." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 12 s2tu πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep! The phrase "how much more" adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: "Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!" or "Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep"
|
||||
MAT 12 12 a9ld ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν 1 it is lawful to do good on the Sabbath "those who do good on the Sabbath are obeying the law"
|
||||
MAT 12 13 be8u figs-quotations τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, "ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα." 1 Then Jesus said to the man, "Stretch out your hand." This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 13 be8u figs-quotations τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 Then Jesus said to the man, "Stretch out your hand." This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 13 ljl6 τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 to the man "to the man with the paralyzed hand" or "to the man with the crippled hand"
|
||||
MAT 12 13 fm9r ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα 1 Stretch out your hand "Hold out your hand" or "Extend your hand"
|
||||
MAT 12 13 s5ep ἐξέτεινεν 1 He stretched it out "The man stretched"
|
||||
|
@ -1256,8 +1256,8 @@ MAT 12 42 yra5 figs-explicit Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 than Solomon is here
|
|||
MAT 12 43 ve5x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.
|
||||
MAT 12 43 f5jr ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places "dry places" or "places where no people live"
|
||||
MAT 12 43 x2ur οὐχ εὑρίσκει 1 does not find it Here "it" refers to rest.
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε λέγει, εἰς‘ τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον.’ 1 Then it says, 'I will return to my house from which I came.' This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: "So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came"
|
||||
MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς‘ τὸν οἶκόν μου ... ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I came This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: "to the place I left" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον. 1 Then it says, 'I will return to my house from which I came.' This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: "So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came"
|
||||
MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ... ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I came This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: "to the place I left" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 cd4f figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it empty and swept out and put in order This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 s6jf figs-metaphor σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 empty and swept out and put in order Again, "house" is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Here, "swept out and put in order" suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 45 nh6q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes the parable that he began with the words "When an unclean spirit" in verse 43.
|
||||
|
@ -1268,13 +1268,13 @@ MAT 12 46 ahx7 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new people
|
|||
MAT 12 46 mh5f ἡ μήτηρ 1 his mother This is Mary, Jesus' human mother.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 dq8m οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is possible that the word "brothers" here refers to Jesus' cousins.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 z97j ζητοῦντες ... λαλῆσαι 1 seeking to speak "wanting to speak"
|
||||
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ," ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι." 1 Someone said to him, "Look, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you." This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 Someone said to him, "Look, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you." This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 q1cd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 12:1](../12/01.md), where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus' ministry.
|
||||
MAT 12 48 jm1y figs-ellipsis τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ 1 the one who told him The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: "who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 e535 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who is my mother and who are my brothers? Jesus uses these questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: "I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 49 gk62 ἰδοὺ 1 See "Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
MAT 12 49 rxe8 figs-metaphor ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 here are my mother and my brothers This is a metaphor that means Jesus' disciples belong to Jesus' spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις ... ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 whoever does "anyone who does"
|
||||
MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις ... ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 whoever does "anyone who does"
|
||||
MAT 12 50 mq9r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 12 50 gn31 figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 that person is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus' spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus' parables about the kingdom of heaven.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says the word "heaven" when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 13:11](../../mat/13/11.md)).<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus "sat beside the sea" ([Matthew 13:1](../../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus' message ([Matthew 13:19](../../mat/13/19.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, "they were scorched" ([Matthew 13:6](../../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([Matthew 13:11-13](./11.md)).<br>
|
||||
|
@ -1321,8 +1321,8 @@ MAT 13 13 nbi3 figs-metaphor οὐ βλέπουσιν 1 they do not see Here "se
|
|||
MAT 13 13 j4bg ἀκούοντες 1 though they are hearing Possible meanings are 1) this refers to them hearing what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: "Though they hear what I say" or 2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: "Though they are able to hear"
|
||||
MAT 13 13 gq65 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 they do not hear Here "hear" represents listening well. Alternate translation: "they do not listen well" or "they do not pay attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 jz9n καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα 1 To them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, that which says This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah"
|
||||
MAT 13 14 z2es figs-parallelism ἀκοῇ‘ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 You will indeed hear, but you will certainly not understand; you will indeed see, but you will certainly not perceive. This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah's day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 a1im figs-explicit ἀκοῇ‘ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε 1 You will indeed hear, but you will certainly not understand "You will hear things, but you will not understand them." You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: "You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 z2es figs-parallelism ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 You will indeed hear, but you will certainly not understand; you will indeed see, but you will certainly not perceive. This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah's day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 a1im figs-explicit ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε 1 You will indeed hear, but you will certainly not understand "You will hear things, but you will not understand them." You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: "You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 emu1 figs-explicit βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 you will indeed see, but you will certainly not perceive You can make explicit what the people will see. Alternate translation: "you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 e8r5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου ... ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 For this people's heart has become dull ... I would heal them In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people's spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God's truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1385,10 +1385,10 @@ MAT 13 27 h51x τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 the landowner This is the sa
|
|||
MAT 13 27 gr7d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 did you not sow good seed in your field? The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: "you sowed good seed in your field!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 fb86 figs-metonymy οὐχὶ ... ἔσπειρας 1 did you not sow The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: "did we not sow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "The landowner said to the servants"
|
||||
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις‘ οὖν ἀπελθόντες 1 So do you want us The word "us" refers to the servants.
|
||||
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες 1 So do you want us The word "us" refers to the servants.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 shs3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 But he said "The landowner said to his servants"
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, "συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου." 1 I will say to the reapers, "First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn." You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): "I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 I will say to the reapers, "First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn." You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): "I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην 1 barn a farm building that can be used for storing grain
|
||||
MAT 13 31 tdf4 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ MAT 13 32 gyi1 figs-explicit ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάν
|
|||
MAT 13 32 x65d ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ 1 But when it has grown "But when the plant has grown"
|
||||
MAT 13 32 um9k μεῖζον ... ἐστὶν 1 it is greater than "it is larger than"
|
||||
MAT 13 32 g6v8 γίνεται δένδρον 1 It becomes a tree A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall.
|
||||
MAT 13 32 c9te τὰ‘ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 birds of the air "birds"
|
||||
MAT 13 32 c9te τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 birds of the air "birds"
|
||||
MAT 13 33 a1th figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ MAT 13 50 hwv1 βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς 1 They will throw them "The ang
|
|||
MAT 13 50 j8nf figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term "furnace" is not known, "oven" can be used. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:42](../13/42.md). Alternate translation: "fiery furnace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 50 mc8t translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth "Grinding of teeth" here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: weeping and expressing their extreme suffering." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 51 d3wg 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 51 p5ej figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα?" λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, "ναί." 1 Have you understood all these things?" The disciples said to him, "Yes." If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 51 p5ej figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 Have you understood all these things?" The disciples said to him, "Yes." If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 g4dd figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 who has become a disciple to the kingdom of heaven Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king" or "has submitted himself to God's rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 gr36 figs-parables ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1 is like a man who is the owner of a house, who draws out old and new things from his treasure Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus' teachings, to a house owner who uses both old and new treasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 g59c τοῦ θησαυροῦαὐτῦ 1 treasure A treasure is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the "treasury" or "storeroom."
|
||||
|
@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ MAT 14 3 zgp9 figs-events 0 Connecting Statement: Here the author begins to tel
|
|||
MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 Herod had arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison It says that Herod did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: "Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 Philip's wife Philip was Herod's brother. Herod had taken Philip's wife to be his own wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 d3gp figs-events ἔλεγεν γὰρ ... ὁ Ἰωάννης ... ἔχειν αὐτήν 1 For John has said ... to have her If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, "οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν." 1 For John had said to him, "It is not lawful for you to have her." This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: "For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John had said to him, "It is not lawful for you to have her." This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: "For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 r8lh ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 For John had said to him "For John had kept saying to Herod"
|
||||
MAT 14 4 nb2j figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστίν 1 It is not lawful Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 5 hg9f ἐφοβήθη 1 he feared "Herod feared"
|
||||
|
@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@ MAT 15 7 t4fq 0 General Information: In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the proph
|
|||
MAT 15 7 tn3b 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you "Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you"
|
||||
MAT 15 7 n4ti figs-explicit λέγων 1 saying It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: "when he told what God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ‘ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Here "lips" refers to speaking. Alternate translation: "These people say all the right things to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Here "lips" refers to speaking. Alternate translation: "These people say all the right things to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 bz91 με 1 me All occurrences of this word refer to God.
|
||||
MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here "heart" refers to a person's thoughts or emotions. This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: "but they do not really love me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 15 9 jf93 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 They worship me in vain "Their worship means nothing to me" or "They only pretend to worship me"
|
||||
|
@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@ MAT 16 26 eqe8 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρω
|
|||
MAT 16 26 q7x1 figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 if he gains the whole world The words "the whole world" are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: "if he gains everything he desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 b34q τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 but forfeits his life "but he loses his life"
|
||||
MAT 16 26 eck5 figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 What can a person give in exchange for his life? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 iyu1 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ... τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ... τότε‘ ἀποδώσει 1 the Son of Man ... his Father ... Then he will reward Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of man ... my Father ... Then I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 iyu1 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ... τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ... τότε ἀποδώσει 1 the Son of Man ... his Father ... Then he will reward Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of man ... my Father ... Then I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 ie16 μέλλει ... ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 is going to come in the glory of his Father "will come, having the same glory as his Father"
|
||||
MAT 16 27 k4q4 figs-123person μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 with his angels "and the angels will be with him." If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as "and my Father's angels will be with me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 vk5y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ MAT 17 25 y26n τὴν οἰκίαν 1 the house "the place where Jesus was sta
|
|||
MAT 17 25 yp5h figs-rquestion τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων? 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth collect tolls or taxes? From their sons or from others? Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: "Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 fb1c 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 13:54](../13/54.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus' ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 j3g4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach Peter about paying the temple tax.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 w75w figs-quotations εἰπόντος δέ, "ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων", ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 When he said, "From others," Jesus said to him If you translated Jesus' questions as statements in [Matthew 17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "When Peter said, 'Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,' Jesus said" or "After Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 w75w figs-quotations εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 When he said, "From others," Jesus said to him If you translated Jesus' questions as statements in [Matthew 17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "When Peter said, 'Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,' Jesus said" or "After Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 uh6y ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων 1 From others In modern times, leaders usually tax their own citizens. But, in ancient times, the leaders often taxed the people they had conquered rather than their own citizens.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 u6xx οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons people over whom a ruler or king rules
|
||||
MAT 17 27 mwa6 ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς 1 But so that we do not cause them to sin, go "But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go."
|
||||
|
@ -1820,7 +1820,7 @@ MAT 18 14 fmm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father This
|
|||
MAT 18 15 k6t7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 15 kpe2 ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother This refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: "your fellow believer"
|
||||
MAT 18 15 yh3t ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother "you will have made your relationship with your brother good again"
|
||||
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ‘ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here "mouth" and "word" refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here "mouth" and "word" refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν ... παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he refuses to listen to them "if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you"
|
||||
MAT 18 17 kx28 τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 to the church "to the whole community of believers"
|
||||
MAT 18 17 xf1a figs-explicit ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 let him be to you as a Gentile and a tax collector "treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector." This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ MAT 18 31 nx9k διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν 1 told the
|
|||
MAT 18 32 pfc2 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 32 txr7 τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Then his master called him "Then the king called the first servant"
|
||||
MAT 18 32 wgs1 παρεκάλεσάς με 1 you implored me "you begged me"
|
||||
MAT 18 33 jw37 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι ... σὲ ἠλέησα?’ 1 Should you not also have had mercy ... had mercy you? The king uses a question to scold the first servant. Alternate translation: "You should have ... you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 33 jw37 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι ... σὲ ἠλέησα? 1 Should you not also have had mercy ... had mercy you? The king uses a question to scold the first servant. Alternate translation: "You should have ... you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 34 l7ks 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 18 34 mkm7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 34 big9 ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 His master "The king"
|
||||
|
@ -1877,10 +1877,10 @@ MAT 19 1 d83m ἀπὸ 1 departed from "walked away from" or "left"
|
|||
MAT 19 3 kg12 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 3 gl85 προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 1 came to him "came to Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 19 3 s8jq πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες 1 testing him and saying Here "tested" is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: "and challenged him by asking him" or "and wanted to trap him by asking him"
|
||||
MAT 19 4 ncb6 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν‘ καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς’? 1 Have you not read that he who made them from the beginning made them male and female? Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: "Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 4 ncb6 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς? 1 Have you not read that he who made them from the beginning made them male and female? Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: "Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 n8zn 0 General Information: In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 q71w figs-explicit καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα‘ τούτου ... εἰς σάρκα μίαν’? 1 He also said, 'For this reason ... one flesh.' This is part of what Jesus expected the Pharisees to have understood from the scripture. The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "And surely you know that God also said that for this reason ... flesh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 phz3 ἕνεκα‘ τούτου 1 For this reason This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man's companion.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 q71w figs-explicit καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου ... εἰς σάρκα μίαν’? 1 He also said, 'For this reason ... one flesh.' This is part of what Jesus expected the Pharisees to have understood from the scripture. The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "And surely you know that God also said that for this reason ... flesh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 phz3 ἕνεκα τούτου 1 For this reason This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man's companion.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 af1r κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 join to his wife "stay close to his wife" or "live with his wife"
|
||||
MAT 19 5 m83j figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 the two will become one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: "they will become like one person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 6 m4b7 figs-metaphor ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία 1 So they are no longer two, but one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: "So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2046,10 +2046,10 @@ MAT 21 12 y9j4 figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱ
|
|||
MAT 21 12 w7ac τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας 1 those who bought and sold Merchants were selling animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 guy7 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things"
|
||||
MAT 21 13 m1jl figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote long ago" or "God said long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 z8gr figs-activepassive ὁ‘ οἶκός μου ... κληθήσεται 1 My house will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My house will be" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 n9v8 ὁ‘ οἶκός μου 1 My house Here "My" refers to God and "house" refers to the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 z8gr figs-activepassive ὁ οἶκός μου ... κληθήσεται 1 My house will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My house will be" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 n9v8 ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house Here "My" refers to God and "house" refers to the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 bd8x figs-idiom οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "a place where people pray" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 c7l3 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον‘ λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: "like a place where robbers hide" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 c7l3 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: "like a place where robbers hide" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 14 rpp3 figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ 1 the blind and the lame These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "those who were blind and those who were lame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 21 14 aku3 χωλοὶ 1 lame those who have an injured foot or leg that makes walking difficult
|
||||
MAT 21 15 p7x2 0 General Information: In verse 16, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to justify how the people had responded to him.
|
||||
|
@ -2059,7 +2059,7 @@ MAT 21 15 c6k8 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David Jesus was not Dav
|
|||
MAT 21 15 r3bs figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν 1 they became very angry It is implied that they were angry because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: "they became very angry because people were praising him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 zx4a figs-rquestion ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν? 1 Do you hear what they are saying? The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. Alternate translation: "You should not allow them to say these things about you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 luy1 figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ... αἶνον’? 1 But have you never read ... praise'? Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they have studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: "Yes, I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures ... praise.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 qa9u figs-metonymy ἐκ‘ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 Out of the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise The phrase "out of the mouths" refers to speaking. Alternate translation: "You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 qa9u figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 Out of the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise The phrase "out of the mouths" refers to speaking. Alternate translation: "You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 17 kag5 καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς 1 Then he left them "Jesus left the chief priests and scribes"
|
||||
MAT 21 18 l3bi 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
|
||||
MAT 21 18 q488 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
|
||||
|
@ -2068,17 +2068,17 @@ MAT 21 20 q81g figs-rquestion πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ
|
|||
MAT 21 20 sk1g ἐξηράνθη 1 wither away "dry up and die"
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nd3y ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 21 mwl5 figs-doublet ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 if you have faith and do not doubt Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: "if you truly believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι‘ καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 you will even say to this mountain, 'Be taken up and thrown into the sea,' You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 you will even say to this mountain, 'Be taken up and thrown into the sea,' You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nxi3 figs-activepassive γενήσεται 1 it will be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it will happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 yi7j 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus' authority.
|
||||
MAT 21 23 uge9 figs-explicit ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 When he had come into the temple It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 s1w6 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 dau4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 k1a7 πόθεν ἦν? 1 from where did it come? "where did he get the authority to do that?"
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ‘ οὐρανοῦ’, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ‘ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say to us, 'Why then did you not believe him? This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ’, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say to us, 'Why then did you not believe him? This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. Alternate translation: "from God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ‘ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 Why then did you not believe him? The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: "Then you should have believed John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ‘ ἀνθρώπων’, 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 Why then did you not believe him? The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: "Then you should have believed John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων’, 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 vn6j φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 we fear the crowd "we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us"
|
||||
MAT 21 26 q1r1 πάντες ... ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 they all regard John as a prophet "they believe John is a prophet"
|
||||
MAT 21 28 u56n figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ MAT 21 42 z9tm 0 General Information: Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show
|
|||
MAT 21 42 x8zh 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
|
||||
MAT 21 42 kk7e λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make "them" specific, use the same audience as you did in [Matthew 21:41](../21/41.md).
|
||||
MAT 21 42 me7g figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ... ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν’? 1 Did you never read ... our eyes'? Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. Alternate translation: "Think about what you have read ... eyes.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 mcm8 figs-metaphor λίθον‘ ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone which the builders rejected has been made the cornerstone Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 mcm8 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone which the builders rejected has been made the cornerstone Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 uid2 figs-activepassive ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the cornerstone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has become the cornerstone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord "The Lord has caused this great change"
|
||||
MAT 21 42 el83 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here "in our eyes" refers to seeing. Alternate translation: "it is wonderful to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ MAT 22 1 bc6y αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to the people"
|
|||
MAT 22 2 xps3 ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||||
MAT 22 3 wur1 figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who had been invited This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people the king had invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 l896 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c7x4 figs-quotations δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε‘ τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying, 'Tell them who are invited This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c7x4 figs-quotations δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying, 'Tell them who are invited This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 iq6y ἰδοὺ 1 See "Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
MAT 22 4 xu4t figs-explicit οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 My oxen and fattened calves have been killed It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c48a οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ 1 My oxen and fattened calves "My best oxen and calves for eating"
|
||||
|
@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ MAT 22 11 s8ga figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a
|
|||
MAT 22 12 c7iy figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου? 1 how did you come in here without wedding clothes? The king uses a question to scold the guest. Alternate translation: "you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 12 w7vb ὁ ... ἐφιμώθη 1 the man was speechless "the man was silent"
|
||||
MAT 22 13 wt88 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about a marriage feast.
|
||||
MAT 22 13 jmp4 διακόνοις, δήσαντες‘ αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας 1 Bind this man hand and foot "Tie him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet"
|
||||
MAT 22 13 jmp4 διακόνοις, δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας 1 Bind this man hand and foot "Tie him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet"
|
||||
MAT 22 13 rpy8 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here "outer darkness" is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "the dark place away from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 13 s9ge translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and the grinding of teeth "Grinding of teeth" is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "weeping and expressing their extreme suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 14 hy3a figs-activepassive πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί 1 For many people are called, but few are chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@ MAT 22 21 yd84 figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος 1 Caesar's You can make clear the
|
|||
MAT 22 21 i6g5 τὰ Καίσαρος 1 the things that are Caesar's "things that belong to Caesar"
|
||||
MAT 22 21 l3dh τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the things that are God's "things that belong to God"
|
||||
MAT 22 23 wqg2 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
|
||||
MAT 22 24 xl5f figs-quotesinquotes Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν‘ τις ἀποθάνῃ 1 Teacher, Moses said, 'If someone dies The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what Moses had written in the scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, this could be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 22 24 xl5f figs-quotesinquotes Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ 1 Teacher, Moses said, 'If someone dies The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what Moses had written in the scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, this could be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 22 24 u7dm τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ ... τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ... τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 his brother ... his wife ... to is brother Here "his" refers to the dead man.
|
||||
MAT 22 25 kjf5 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees continue asking Jesus a question.
|
||||
MAT 22 25 ag5z translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 The first "The oldest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ MAT 22 31 nx66 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins asking a question to show
|
|||
MAT 22 31 b9sy figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ... τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 have you not read ... God, saying, Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: "I know you have read ... God. You know that he said," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 31 ljj7 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 what was spoken to you by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what God spoke to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 32 zb7a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 31.
|
||||
MAT 22 32 qcq3 figs-quotations ἐγώ‘ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς ... Ἰακώβ’? 1 'I am the God ... Jacob'? This is the end of the question that begins with the words "have you not read" in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. "I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what ... Jacob.'" You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. "God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 32 qcq3 figs-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς ... Ἰακώβ’? 1 'I am the God ... Jacob'? This is the end of the question that begins with the words "have you not read" in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. "I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what ... Jacob.'" You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. "God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 32 t7lv figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 of the dead, but of the living These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "of dead people, but he is the God of living people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 22 34 jnd7 0 Connecting Statement: A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 35 ud5r νομικὸς 1 a lawyer "an expert in the law." This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses.
|
||||
|
@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@ MAT 22 43 dpp5 0 General Information: Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show tha
|
|||
MAT 22 43 cu3h figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: "Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 43 yu5m Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 David in the Spirit "David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring." This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ ... αὐτὸν 1 call him Here "him" refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν‘ Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here "Lord" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here "Lord" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 k3f7 τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 to my Lord Here "Lord" refers to the Christ. Also, "my" refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 dz2a translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 44 e59n figs-idiom ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I put your enemies under your footstool This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "until I conquer your enemies" or "until I make your enemies bow down before you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ MAT 23 37 as8p translate-unknown ὄρνις 1 a hen a female chicken. You can t
|
|||
MAT 23 38 r6ss ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 your house is left to you desolate "God will leave your house, and it will be empty"
|
||||
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house Possible meanings are 1) "the city of Jerusalem" or 2) "the temple." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 i14n λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος‘ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord! Here "in the name" means "in the power" or "as a representative." See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: "He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed" or "He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord! Here "in the name" means "in the power" or "as a representative." See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: "He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed" or "He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### "The end of the age"<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### The example of Noah<br><br>In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### "Let"<br><br>The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as "let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains" (24:16), "let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house" (24:17), and "let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak" (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.<br>
|
||||
MAT 24 1 dh7u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
|
||||
MAT 24 1 ke79 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 from the temple It is implied that Jesus was not in the temple itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ MAT 24 13 ht34 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether the word
|
|||
MAT 24 13 lra5 τέλος 1 the end "the end of the world" or "the end of the age"
|
||||
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-metonymy κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 This good news of the kingdom will be preached Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People will tell the good news that God will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 y65s figs-metonymy πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 all the nations Here, "nations" stands for people. Alternate translation: "all people in all places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 mf1b figs-activepassive τὸ‘ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως’, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 mf1b figs-activepassive τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως’, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 lz9p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
|
||||
MAT 24 17 iv2j ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 let him who is on the housetop Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
|
||||
MAT 24 19 kq12 figs-euphemism ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 those who are with child This is a polite way to say "pregnant women." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2343,13 +2343,13 @@ MAT 24 27 j1w1 figs-simile ὥσπερ ... ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχετ
|
|||
MAT 24 27 za8b figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 28 mu35 writing-proverbs ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 Wherever a dead animal is, there the vultures will gather This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus' time understood. Possible meanings are 1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come, or 2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 28 ivl8 οἱ ἀετοί 1 the vultures birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying creatures
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zmm6 εὐθέως ... μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ‘ ἥλιος 1 immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun "as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun"
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zmm6 εὐθέως ... μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος 1 immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun "as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun"
|
||||
MAT 24 29 l15m τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 the tribulation of those days "that time of suffering"
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zuk4 figs-activepassive ὁ‘ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will make the sun dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zuk4 figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will make the sun dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 29 w1bi figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will shake things in the sky and above the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 yc2x figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 tld8 figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ 1 all the tribes Here "tribes" refers to people. Alternate translation: "all the people of the tribes" or "all the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 fl54 ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος‘ μεγάλης 1 He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet "He will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels" or "He will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels"
|
||||
MAT 24 31 fl54 ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης 1 He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet "He will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels" or "He will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels"
|
||||
MAT 24 31 rlb4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ... αὐτοῦ 1 He will send ... his Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 wi28 ἐπισυνάξουσιν 1 they will gather together "his angels will gather"
|
||||
MAT 24 31 iq8c τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 his elect These are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
|
||||
|
@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ MAT 24 45 lf8d τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν 1 to
|
|||
MAT 24 47 lin7 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 48 ek9x writing-proverbs 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 f9ft figs-metonymy εἴπῃ ... ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here "heart" refers to the mind. Alternate translation: "thinks in his mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 per6 figs-activepassive χρονίζει‘ μου ὁ κύριος 1 My master has been delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My master is slow to return" or "My master will not return for a long time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 per6 figs-activepassive χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος 1 My master has been delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My master is slow to return" or "My master will not return for a long time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 50 bz5k figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 on a day that the servant does not expect and at an hour that he does not know Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 jj2z figs-idiom διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 He will cut him in pieces This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 pm18 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσε 1 assign his place with the hypocrites "put him with the hypocrites" or "send him to the place where hypocrites are sent"
|
||||
|
@ -2441,7 +2441,7 @@ MAT 25 24 m8an figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα
|
|||
MAT 25 24 au9f διεσκόρπισας 1 scatter "scatter seed." This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil.
|
||||
MAT 25 25 wl5c ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 See, you have here what belongs to you "Look, here is what is yours"
|
||||
MAT 25 26 hj83 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 26 l3jz πονηρὲ‘ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις 1 You wicked and lazy servant, you knew "You are a wicked servant who does not want to work. You knew"
|
||||
MAT 25 26 l3jz πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις 1 You wicked and lazy servant, you knew "You are a wicked servant who does not want to work. You knew"
|
||||
MAT 25 26 he3h figs-parallelism θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 I reap where I have not sowed and harvest where I have not scattered The words "reap where I have not sowed" and "harvest where I have not scattered" mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 27 rhg9 figs-ellipsis ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν 1 would have received back my money The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "received back my own money" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 27 n7jd τόκῳ 1 interest payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master's money
|
||||
|
@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here "
|
|||
MAT 25 32 nk18 figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 25 33 pbq9 figs-metaphor καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 He will place the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on his left This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 t8pp figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς ... δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 the King ... his right hand Here, "the King" is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "I, the King, ... my right hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε‘ οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Come, you who have been blessed by my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Come, you whom my Father has blessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Come, you who have been blessed by my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Come, you whom my Father has blessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 h2k9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 b57r figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 yj1p figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "receive the blessings of God's rule that he has planned to give you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ MAT 26 15 lyl7 translate-numbers τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 thirty pie
|
|||
MAT 26 16 w1e4 ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 to betray him "to give him over to them"
|
||||
MAT 26 17 e7wc 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 26 17 f3s2 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 18 hc78 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, "ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ‘ διδάσκαλος λέγει, "ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου."’" 1 He said, "Go into the city to a certain man and say to him, 'The Teacher says, "My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples."'" This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, 'My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.'" or "He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher's time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man's house." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 hc78 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 He said, "Go into the city to a certain man and say to him, 'The Teacher says, "My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples."'" This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, 'My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.'" or "He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher's time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man's house." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 r4tg ὁ καιρός μου 1 My time Possible meanings are 1) "The time that I told you about" or 2) "The time God has set for me."
|
||||
MAT 26 18 a4i5 figs-idiom ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 is near Possible meanings are 1) "is near" or 2) "has come." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 j9pz ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα 1 I will keep the Passover "eat the Passover meal" or "celebrate the Passover by eating the special meal"
|
||||
|
@ -2576,7 +2576,7 @@ MAT 26 39 nuv7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father This
|
|||
MAT 26 39 f254 figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 let this cup pass from me Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word "cup" is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 i7rr figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup Here "cup" is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 k5in figs-ellipsis πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Yet, not as I will, but as you will This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: "But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 ev7s figs-you λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, "οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε ... γρηγορῆσαι 1 he said to Peter, "So, could you not watch Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the "you" is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 ev7s figs-you λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε ... γρηγορῆσαι 1 he said to Peter, "So, could you not watch Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the "you" is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 c11a figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 So, could you not watch with me for one hour? Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: "I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 buv4 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 you do not enter into temptation Here the abstract noun "temptation" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "no one tempts you to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 ny5w figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Here "spirit" is a metonym that stands for a person's desires to do good. "Flesh" stands for the needs and desires of a person's body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@ MAT 26 47 hsv7 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of when Judas b
|
|||
MAT 26 47 rlp9 καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was still speaking "While Jesus was still speaking"
|
||||
MAT 26 47 e26h ξύλων 1 clubs large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
|
||||
MAT 26 48 qb4y writing-background δὲ ... κρατήσατε αὐτόν 1 Now ... Seize him Here "Now" is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 gw8m figs-quotations λέγων, "ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν." 1 saying, "Whomever I kiss, he is the one. Seize him." This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 gw8m figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 saying, "Whomever I kiss, he is the one. Seize him." This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 m23z ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 Whomever I kiss "The one I kiss" or "The man whom I kiss"
|
||||
MAT 26 48 nr34 φιλήσω 1 I kiss This was a respectful way to greet one's teacher.
|
||||
MAT 26 49 uig8 προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 he came up to Jesus "Judas came up to Jesus"
|
||||
|
@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ MAT 26 59 i8jw δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main s
|
|||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death Here "they" refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death "might have a reason to execute him"
|
||||
MAT 26 60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 two came forward "two men came forward" or "two witnesses came forward"
|
||||
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations εἶπον, "οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι‘ καταλῦσαι ... διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι.’" 1 This man said, 'I am able to destroy ... rebuild it in three days.' If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: "This man said that he is able to destroy ... days." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι ... διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 This man said, 'I am able to destroy ... rebuild it in three days.' If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: "This man said that he is able to destroy ... days." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 61 i5n4 οὗτος ἔφη 1 This man said "This man Jesus said"
|
||||
MAT 26 61 mbq1 διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days "within three days," before the sun goes down three times, not "after three days," after the sun has gone down the third time
|
||||
MAT 26 62 v6j9 τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 What is it that they are testifying against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: "What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?"
|
||||
|
@ -2637,8 +2637,8 @@ MAT 26 64 gi6v figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 You have said it yourself This is
|
|||
MAT 26 64 zu47 figs-you πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 But I tell you, from now on you will see Here "you" is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 ll8r ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 from now on you will see the Son of Man Possible meanings are 1) the phrase "from now on" is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or 2) the phrase "from now on" means that from the time of Jesus' trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
|
||||
MAT 26 64 b6cb figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον‘ ἐκ δεξιῶν’ τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power Here "Power" is metonym that represents God. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον‘ ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven "riding to earth on the clouds of heaven"
|
||||
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν’ τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power Here "Power" is metonym that represents God. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven "riding to earth on the clouds of heaven"
|
||||
MAT 26 65 srg6 translate-symaction ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 the high priest tore his clothes Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 qq51 figs-explicit ἐβλασφήμησεν 1 He has spoken blasphemy The reason the high priest called Jesus' statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus' words in [Matthew 26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still need witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: "We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -2654,12 +2654,12 @@ MAT 26 70 sp1t οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are
|
|||
MAT 26 71 ief5 ἐξελθόντα δὲ 1 When he went out "When Peter went out"
|
||||
MAT 26 71 gyw8 τὸν πυλῶνα 1 the gateway opening in the wall around a courtyard
|
||||
MAT 26 71 s7c4 λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ 1 said to those there "said to the people who were sitting there"
|
||||
MAT 26 72 e5xl καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι "οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον." 1 He again denied it with an oath, "I do not know the man!" "he denied it again by swearing, 'I do not know the man!'"
|
||||
MAT 26 72 e5xl καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 1 He again denied it with an oath, "I do not know the man!" "he denied it again by swearing, 'I do not know the man!'"
|
||||
MAT 26 73 hde3 ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them "one of those who were with Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 26 73 w8ww γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 for your speech gives you away This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "We can tell you are from Galilee because you speak like a Galilean"
|
||||
MAT 26 74 edd8 καταθεματίζειν 1 to curse "to call down a curse on himself"
|
||||
MAT 26 74 w87b ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 a rooster crowed A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called "crowing." See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:34](../26/34.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 75 nx3j figs-quotations καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι "πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με" 1 Then Peter remembered the words that Jesus had said, "Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times." This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 75 nx3j figs-quotations καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 Then Peter remembered the words that Jesus had said, "Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times." This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### "Delivered him to Pilate the governor"<br><br>The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers said, "Hail, King of the Jews!" ([Matthew 27:29](../../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 27 1 hvr4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' trial before Pilate.
|
||||
MAT 27 1 qe1s δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@ MAT 27 8 nts8 figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος
|
|||
MAT 27 8 ag2n ἕως τῆς σήμερον 1 to this day This means to the time that Matthew is writing this book.
|
||||
MAT 27 9 g1gc 0 General Information: The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas' suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 27 9 rj3u figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 Then that which had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 9 t1dj figs-activepassive τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο" ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the price set on him by the sons of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the price the people of Israel set on him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 9 t1dj figs-activepassive τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the price set on him by the sons of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the price the people of Israel set on him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 9 d7l7 figs-metonymy υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the sons of Israel This refers to those among the people of Israel who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: "some of the people of Israel" or "the leaders of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 10 c2ch συνέταξέν μοι 1 had directed me Here "me" refers to Jeremiah.
|
||||
MAT 27 11 pjc5 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Jesus' trial before Pilate, which began in [Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2740,7 +2740,7 @@ MAT 27 40 b5lw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς ... τοῦ Θεοῦ 1
|
|||
MAT 27 42 ff4d figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι 1 He saved others, but he cannot save himself Possible meanings are 1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus saved others or that he can save himself, or 2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot save himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 j6l7 figs-irony Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, 1 He is the King of Israel! The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him "King of Israel," but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: "He says that he is the King of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 w46n 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 27 43 cl97 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ‘ εἰμι Υἱός.’ 1 For he said, 'I am the Son of God.' This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 cl97 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. 1 For he said, 'I am the Son of God.' This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 uw85 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ ... Υἱός 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 44 e26y figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 the robbers who were crucified with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 45 e7z4 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
@ -2773,11 +2773,11 @@ MAT 27 61 ihr8 ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου 1 opposite the tomb "across
|
|||
MAT 27 62 qj59 τὴν παρασκευήν 1 the Preparation This is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 27 62 j57n συνήχθησαν ... πρὸς Πειλᾶτον 1 were gathered together with Pilate "met with Pilate"
|
||||
MAT 27 63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος ... ἔτι ζῶν 1 when that deceiver was alive "when Jesus, the deceiver, was alive"
|
||||
MAT 27 63 ri5s figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ... μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι.’ 1 he said, 'After three days will I rise again.' This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "he said that after three days he will rise again." or "he said that after three day he would rise again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 63 ri5s figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ... μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 1 he said, 'After three days will I rise again.' This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "he said that after three days he will rise again." or "he said that after three day he would rise again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 b8n2 figs-activepassive κέλευσον ... ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 command that the tomb be made secure This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "command your soldiers to guard the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 hbh8 translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 the third day (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 his disciples may come and steal him "his disciples may come and steal his body"
|
||||
MAT 27 64 t78s figs-quotesinquotes ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ... εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη‘ ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν’; καὶ 1 his disciples may come ... say to the people, 'He has risen from the dead,' and This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "his disciples may ... tell the people that he has risen from the dead, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 t78s figs-quotesinquotes ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ... εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 his disciples may come ... say to the people, 'He has risen from the dead,' and This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "his disciples may ... tell the people that he has risen from the dead, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 c7bf ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 27 64 u5tg figs-ellipsis καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης 1 and the last deception will be worse than the first The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 27 65 dkq9 κουστωδίαν 1 a guard This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
|
||||
|
@ -2812,7 +2812,7 @@ MAT 28 11 ktu5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main s
|
|||
MAT 28 11 mu4l αὐτῶν 1 They Here this refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
|
||||
MAT 28 11 rnr3 ἰδού 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 12 ht82 συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες 1 discussed the matter with them "decided on a plan among themselves." The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers.
|
||||
MAT 28 13 kn8i writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ‘ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ... ἐλθόντες ... ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων.’ 1 Say, 'His disciples came ... while we were sleeping.' If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: "Tell others that Jesus' disciples came ... while you were sleeping" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 13 kn8i writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ... ἐλθόντες ... ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. 1 Say, 'His disciples came ... while we were sleeping.' If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: "Tell others that Jesus' disciples came ... while you were sleeping" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 14 n8xy καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 If this report reaches the governor "If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus' disciples took his body"
|
||||
MAT 28 14 u13q τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor "Pilate" ([Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md))
|
||||
MAT 28 14 x57k ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν 1 we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble "do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you."
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ MRK 1 2 s28q figs-you προσώπου σου ... τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 you
|
|||
MRK 1 2 wry5 ὃς 1 the one who This refers to the messenger.
|
||||
MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way Doing this represents preparing the people for the Lord's arrival. Alternate translation: "will prepare the people for your arrival" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 lkm3 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: "The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard" or "They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness"
|
||||
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε‘ τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε‘ τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 4 j798 0 General Information: In these verses the words "he," "him," and "his" refer to John.
|
||||
MRK 1 4 yg66 ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης 1 John came Be sure your reader understands that John was the messenger spoken of by the prophet Isaiah in the previous verse.
|
||||
MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-metaphor πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The words "whole country" are a metaphor for the people who live in the country and a generalization that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: "Many people from Judea and Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζ
|
|||
MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: "Do not destroy us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 26 ar6h σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 threw him down Here the word "him" refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 u7rn φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 while crying out with a loud voice The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 lqm1 figs-rquestion συνζητεῖν πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντας, “τί ἐστιν τοῦτο? διδαχὴ καινή κατ’ ἐξουσίαν! ... ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ!” 1 they asked each other, "What is this? A new teaching with authority! ... and they obey him!" The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: "they said to each other, 'This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority! ... and they obey him!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 27 lqm1 figs-rquestion συνζητεῖν πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντας, τί ἐστιν τοῦτο? διδαχὴ καινή κατ’ ἐξουσίαν! ... ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ! 1 they asked each other, "What is this? A new teaching with authority! ... and they obey him!" The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: "they said to each other, 'This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority! ... and they obey him!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 ἐπιτάσσει 1 He commands The word "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 29 ybs7 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the demon-possessed man, Jesus healed Simon's mother-in-law and many other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now Simon's mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever The word "Now" introduces Simon's mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ MRK 2 8 niy6 τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit "in his inner
|
|||
MRK 2 8 t87i διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 they were thinking within themselves Each of the scribes was thinking to himself; they were not talking to each other.
|
||||
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. Alternate translation: "What you are thinking is wrong." or "Do not think that I am blaspheming." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα ... ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word "hearts" is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: "this inside yourselves" or "these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ ... ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει’? 1 What is easier to say to the paralyzed man ... take up your bed, and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said to the paralyzed man, 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up, take up your bed, and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up, take up your bed, and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ ... ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 What is easier to say to the paralyzed man ... take up your bed, and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said to the paralyzed man, 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up, take up your bed, and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up, take up your bed, and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 10 g4jn ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know "But so that you may know." The word "you" refers to the scribes and the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man." Alternate translation: "that I am the Son of Man and I have authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone "while all the people there were watching"
|
||||
|
@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ MRK 3 13 ue15 0 General Information: Jesus chooses the men he wants to be his
|
|||
MRK 3 14 xc5r ἵνα ὦσιν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν 1 so that they might be with him and so that he might send them to preach "so that they would be with him and he would send them to proclaim the message"
|
||||
MRK 3 16 i7tf ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 Simon, to whom he added the name Peter The author begins to list the names of the twelve apostles. Simon is the first man listed.
|
||||
MRK 3 17 cj3v ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 to whom he added The phrase "to whom" refers to both James son of Zebedee and his brother John.
|
||||
MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-names ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν "υἱοὶ βροντῆς" 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like thunder. Alternate translation: "the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder" or "the name Boanerges, which means thunder men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-names ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like thunder. Alternate translation: "the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder" or "the name Boanerges, which means thunder men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 3 18 mq9b translate-names Θαδδαῖον 1 Thaddaeus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 3 19 r3zs ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed him "who would betray Jesus" The word "who" refers to Judas Iscariot.
|
||||
MRK 3 20 jxr5 καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον 1 Then he entered into a house "Then Jesus went to the house where he was staying."
|
||||
|
@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ MRK 5 7 q8c8 Ἰησοῦ ... μή με βασανίσῃς 1 Jesus ... do not
|
|||
MRK 5 7 kd19 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 5 7 p768 ὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεόν 1 I beg you by God himself Here the unclean spirit is swearing by God as he makes a request of Jesus. Consider how this type of request is made in your language. Alternate translation: "I beg you before God" or "I swear by God himself and beg you"
|
||||
MRK 5 9 p6ye ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 He asked him "And Jesus asked the unclean spirit"
|
||||
MRK 5 9 h6ch figs-metaphor λέγει αὐτῷ, "Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν." 1 He answered him, "My name is Legion, for we are many." One spirit was speaking for many here. He spoke of them as if they were a legion, a Roman army unit of about 6,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: "And the spirit said to him, 'Call us an army, for many of us are inside the man.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 5 9 h6ch figs-metaphor λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 1 He answered him, "My name is Legion, for we are many." One spirit was speaking for many here. He spoke of them as if they were a legion, a Roman army unit of about 6,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: "And the spirit said to him, 'Call us an army, for many of us are inside the man.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 5 12 uk54 παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν 1 they begged him "the unclean spirits begged Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 5 13 iff6 figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς 1 he allowed them It may be helpful to state clearly what Jesus allowed them to do. Alternate translation: "Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 13 g3xx εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ὡς δισχίλιοι, καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 into the sea, and about two thousand pigs drowned in the sea You can make this a separate sentence: "into the sea. There were about two thousand pigs, and they drowned in the sea"
|
||||
|
@ -415,9 +415,9 @@ MRK 6 12 ld7a figs-metaphor μετανοῶσιν 1 people should repent Here "t
|
|||
MRK 6 13 i7eq figs-ellipsis δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον 1 They cast out many demons It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: "They cast many demons out of people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 y69r 0 Connecting Statement: When Herod hears about Jesus' miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.)
|
||||
MRK 6 14 f9um ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης 1 King Herod heard this The word "this" refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit ἔλεγον, ὅτι "Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 Some were saying, "John the Baptist has been raised Some people were saying that Jesus was John the Baptist. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: "Some were saying, 'He is John the Baptist who has been" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 Some were saying, "John the Baptist has been raised Some people were saying that Jesus was John the Baptist. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: "Some were saying, 'He is John the Baptist who has been" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 cb7p figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John the Baptist has been caused to live again" or "God has caused John the Baptist to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι "Ἠλείας ἐστίν" 1 But some others said, "He is Elijah." It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was Elijah. Alternate translation: "Some others said, 'He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But some others said, "He is Elijah." It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was Elijah. Alternate translation: "Some others said, 'He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 bg3k writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word "I" to refer to himself. The word "I" is a metonym for Herod's soldiers. Alternate translation: "whom I commanded my soldiers to behead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -507,10 +507,10 @@ MRK 7 8 xz71 ἀφέντες 1 abandon refuse to obey
|
|||
MRK 7 8 hnw4 κρατεῖτε 1 hold fast to "hold strongly to" or "only keep"
|
||||
MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ... τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 How well you reject the commandment ... keep your tradition Jesus uses this ironic statement to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God's commandment. Alternate translation: "You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MRK 7 9 r5li καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ... τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 How well you reject "How skillfully you reject"
|
||||
MRK 7 10 d4sd ὁ‘ κακολογῶν πατέρα 1 He who speaks evil "who curses"
|
||||
MRK 7 10 d4sd ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα 1 He who speaks evil "who curses"
|
||||
MRK 7 10 ayl3 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 will surely die "must be put to death"
|
||||
MRK 7 10 dv6e figs-activepassive ὁ‘ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 He who speaks evil of his father or mother will surely die This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The authorities must execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 11 q76i "κορβᾶν"’, ( ὅ ἐστιν "δῶρον"), "ὃ‘ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς" 1 Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban The tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose.
|
||||
MRK 7 10 dv6e figs-activepassive ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 He who speaks evil of his father or mother will surely die This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The authorities must execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 11 q76i κορβᾶν’, ( ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον), ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban The tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose.
|
||||
MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban "Corban" here is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark's explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: "is a gift to God" or "belongs to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 7 11 ev2r figs-activepassive δῶρον 1 Given to God This phrase explains the meaning of the Hebrew word "Corban." It can be stated in active form. Mark explained the meaning so that his non-Jewish readers could understand what Jesus said. Alternate translation: "I have given it to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 12 g18b translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verses 11 and 12, Jesus shows how the Pharisees teach people that they do not have to obey God's commandment to honor their parents. In verse 11 Jesus tells what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions, and in verse 12 he tells how that shows the Pharisees' attitude toward people helping their parents. This information can be reordered to first tell about the Pharisees' attitude toward people helping their parents and then tell how that attitude is shown in what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
|
@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 we do not h
|
|||
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning about not having bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question or as a statement. Alternate translation: "Do you not yet understand?" or "You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "hearts become so dull" is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Your thinking has become so dull!" or "You are so slow to understand what I mean!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς‘ ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε?’ καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε?’ καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the five thousand This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: "the 5,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e4zq figs-explicit πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε? 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: "how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 20 b5bm figs-metonymy τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the four thousand This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: "the 4,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ MRK 9 45 tmd6 figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέεννα
|
|||
MRK 9 47 n5tw figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 If your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out Here the word "eye" is a metonym for either 1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out" or 2) Desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 e52s figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα 1 to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than to have two eyes This refers to the state of a person's physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: "to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than to have lived on earth with two eyes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 r2gn figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "for God to throw you into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου ὁ‘ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "where worms that eat people there do not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "where worms that eat people there do not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς ... πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will salt everyone with fire" or "Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here "fire" is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So "will be salted with fire" is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: "will be made pure in the fire of suffering" or "will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 becomes unsalty "its salty taste"
|
||||
|
@ -783,13 +783,13 @@ MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and to the area be
|
|||
MRK 10 1 qyp5 πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 He was teaching them again The word "them" refers to the crowds.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he was accustomed to do "was his custom" or "he usually did"
|
||||
MRK 10 3 p9nu τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς? 1 What did Moses command you Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: "What did Moses command your ancestors about this"
|
||||
MRK 10 4 qu28 βιβλίον‘ ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||||
MRK 10 4 qu28 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||||
MRK 10 5 djt9 writing-quotations ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ... ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 But Jesus said to them ... this commandment ... your hardness of heart In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: "Jesus said to them, 'It was because ... this law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 jzb2 πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus' time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words "your" and "you." Alternate translation: "because your ancestors and you had hard hearts that he wrote this law"
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. The phrase "hard hearts" is a metaphor for "stubbornness." Alternate translation: "your stubbornness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 6 m6lj ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 God made them "God made people"
|
||||
MRK 10 7 k39e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to quote what God said in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
MRK 10 7 xr7h ἕνεκεν‘ τούτου 1 For this reason "Therefore" or "Because of this"
|
||||
MRK 10 7 xr7h ἕνεκεν τούτου 1 For this reason "Therefore" or "Because of this"
|
||||
MRK 10 8 rd63 οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 and the two ... one flesh Jesus finishes quoting what God said in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
MRK 10 8 p7yc figs-metaphor οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 they are no longer two, but one flesh This is a metaphor to illustrate their close union as husband and wife. Alternate translation: "the two people are like one person" or "they are no longer two, but together they are one body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 9 ty4e figs-explicit ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Therefore what God has joined together, let man not separate The phrase "what God has joined together" refers to any married couple. Alternate translation: "Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-ellipsis ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ... ἐστ
|
|||
MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David Jesus is called the Son of David because he is a descendant of King David. Alternate translation: "You who are the Messiah descended from King David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων ... πολλοὶ 1 Many rebuked "Many people rebuked"
|
||||
MRK 10 48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 much more "even more"
|
||||
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-activepassive εἶπεν," φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 commanded him to be called This can be translated in active form or as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "commanded others to call him" or "commanded them, 'Call him to come over here.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-activepassive εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 commanded him to be called This can be translated in active form or as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "commanded others to call him" or "commanded them, 'Call him to come over here.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 49 ac7h φωνοῦσι 1 They called The word "They" refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 10 49 jvr1 θάρσει 1 Take courage! "Have courage" or "Do not be afraid"
|
||||
MRK 10 49 gnb9 φωνεῖ σε 1 He is calling you "Jesus is calling for you"
|
||||
|
@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage This is the name of a
|
|||
MRK 11 2 bi22 τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν 1 opposite us "ahead of us"
|
||||
MRK 11 2 r41g πῶλον 1 a colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man.
|
||||
MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no one has yet sat This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "that no one has ever ridden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί‘ ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this It can be written clearly what the word "this" refers to. Alternate translation: "Why are you untying and taking the colt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this It can be written clearly what the word "this" refers to. Alternate translation: "Why are you untying and taking the colt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 k7fd αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it "needs it"
|
||||
MRK 11 3 yj5y figs-explicit εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 they will immediately send it back here Jesus will send it back promptly when he is finished using it. Alternate translation: "will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 4 y381 ἀπῆλθον 1 They went away "The two disciples went"
|
||||
|
@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔσ
|
|||
MRK 11 8 nx3n figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 and others spread branches they had cut from the fields It was a tradition to lay palm branches on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: "others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 ye41 οἱ ... ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those who followed "who followed him"
|
||||
MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This word means "save us," but people also shouted it joyfully when they wanted to praise God. You can translate it according to how it was used, or you can write "Hosanna" using your language's way of spelling that word. Alternate translation: "Praise God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος‘ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes This is referring to Jesus. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Blessed are you, the one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes This is referring to Jesus. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Blessed are you, the one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This is a metonym for the Lord's authority. Alternate translation: "the authority of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 el81 εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed is "May God bless"
|
||||
MRK 11 10 a6b4 figs-explicit εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David "Blessed is our father David's coming kingdom." This refers to Jesus coming and ruling as king. The word "blessed" can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: "Blessed be the coming of your kingdom" or "May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -924,16 +924,16 @@ MRK 11 13 y447 0 Connecting Statement: This happens while Jesus and his discip
|
|||
MRK 11 13 yg5n εἰ ... τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ 1 if he could find any fruit on it "if there was any fruit on it"
|
||||
MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing but leaves This means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: "he found only leaves and no figs on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ ... καιρὸς 1 the season "the time of year"
|
||||
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, "μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 spoke to it, "No one will ever eat fruit from you again Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 spoke to it, "No one will ever eat fruit from you again Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MRK 11 14 b362 εἶπεν αὐτῇ 1 spoke to it "He spoke to the tree"
|
||||
MRK 11 14 ij5h ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples heard it The word "it" refers to Jesus speaking to the fig tree.
|
||||
MRK 11 15 hj7z ἔρχονται 1 They came "Jesus and his disciples came"
|
||||
MRK 11 15 md5l figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 began to cast out those who were selling and those who were buying in the temple Jesus is driving these people out of the temple. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: "began to drive the sellers and buyers out of the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 those who were selling and those who were buying "the people who were buying and selling"
|
||||
MRK 11 17 ve56 0 General Information: God had said earlier in his word, through the prophet Isaiah, that his temple would be a house of prayer for all the nations.
|
||||
MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ‘ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν’? 1 Is it not written, 'My house will be called ... the nations'? Jesus is rebuking the Jewish leaders for their misuse of the temple. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is written in the scriptures that God said, 'I want my house to be called a house where people from all nations may pray.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον‘ λῃστῶν’ 1 But you have made it a den of robbers Jesus compares the people to robbers and the temple to a robbers' den. Alternate translation: "But you are like robbers who have made my house into a robbers' den" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 qc6k σπήλαιον‘ λῃστῶν’ 1 a den of robbers "a cave where robbers hide"
|
||||
MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, 'My house will be called ... the nations'? Jesus is rebuking the Jewish leaders for their misuse of the temple. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is written in the scriptures that God said, 'I want my house to be called a house where people from all nations may pray.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν’ 1 But you have made it a den of robbers Jesus compares the people to robbers and the temple to a robbers' den. Alternate translation: "But you are like robbers who have made my house into a robbers' den" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 qc6k σπήλαιον λῃστῶν’ 1 a den of robbers "a cave where robbers hide"
|
||||
MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they looked for a way "they were seeking a way"
|
||||
MRK 11 19 h4hg ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο 1 When evening came "In the evening"
|
||||
MRK 11 19 y7la ἐξεπορεύοντο ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 1 they departed from the city "Jesus and his disciples left the city"
|
||||
|
@ -962,19 +962,19 @@ MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of Jo
|
|||
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men "was it authorized by heaven or by men"
|
||||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. Alternate translation: "from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 i5is ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 from men "from people"
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ‘ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "If we say, 'It was from heaven,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ‘ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: "From God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "If we say, 'It was from heaven,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: "From God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 t9er οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him The word "him" refers to John the Baptist.
|
||||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ‘ ἀνθρώπων 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'It was from men,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ‘ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men "From people"
|
||||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ‘ ἀνθρώπων ... ἦν. 1 But if we say, 'From men,' ... . The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'From men,' that would not be good." or "But we do not want to say that it was from men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'It was from men,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men "From people"
|
||||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ... ἦν. 1 But if we say, 'From men,' ... . The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'From men,' that would not be good." or "But we do not want to say that it was from men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 They were afraid of the people The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John's baptism was from men. This can be stated clearly. "They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people" or "They did not want to say that John's baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: "We do not know where the baptism of John came from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br>
|
||||
MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 qa93 καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables The word "them" here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
|
||||
MRK 12 1 qap8 περιέθηκεν φραγμὸ 1 put a hedge around it He put a barrier around the vineyard. It could have been a row of shrubs, a fence, or a stone wall.
|
||||
MRK 12 1 ns9e figs-explicit ὤρυξεν‘ ὑπολήνιον 1 dug a pit for a winepress This means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: "carved a pit into rock for the winepress" or "he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 ns9e figs-explicit ὤρυξεν ὑπολήνιον 1 dug a pit for a winepress This means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: "carved a pit into rock for the winepress" or "he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 l2i2 ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
|
||||
MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 At the harvest time This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "When the time came to harvest the grapes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 3 vz7k καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὸν 1 But they took him "But the vine growers took the servant"
|
||||
|
@ -1010,12 +1010,12 @@ MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Why do you test me
|
|||
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This coin was worth a day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 So they brought one "The Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius"
|
||||
MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν ... καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 likeness and inscription "picture and name"
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ ... εἶπαν αὐτῷ, "Καίσαρος." 1 They said to him, "Caesar's." Here "Caesar's" refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: "They said, 'They are Caesar's likeness and inscription" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ ... εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος. 1 They said to him, "Caesar's." Here "Caesar's" refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: "They said, 'They are Caesar's likeness and inscription" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 Give to Caesar the things that are Caesar's Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing Caesar to Roman government. Alternate translation: "Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ ... τῷ Θεῷ 1 and to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: "and give to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 pw4r figs-explicit ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 They marveled at him They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "They marveled at him and at what he had said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "who say there is no resurrection from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος‘ ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote for us, 'If a man's brother dies The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses' quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote for us that if a man's brother dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote for us, 'If a man's brother dies The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses' quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote for us that if a man's brother dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m8fh ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote for us "wrote for us Jews." The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word "us" to refer to themselves and all Jews.
|
||||
MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 he should take his brother's wife "the man should marry his brother's wife"
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 raise up offspring for his brother "have a son for his brother." The man's first son would be considered to be the dead brother's son, and the son's descendants would be considered to be the dead brother's descendants. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother's son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1042,22 +1042,22 @@ MRK 12 26 jc5a τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 the book of Moses "the book t
|
|||
MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit τοῦ βάτου 1 the account about the bush This refers to the part of the Book of Moses that tells about when God spoke to Moses out of a bush that was burning but that did not burn up. Alternate translation: "the passage about the burning bush" or "the words about the fiery bush" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 si2b τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush This refers to a shrub, a woody plant that is smaller than a tree.
|
||||
MRK 12 26 y35v πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς 1 how God spoke to him "about when God spoke to Moses"
|
||||
MRK 12 26 re82 ἐγὼ‘ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ ... Ἰσαὰκ ... Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham ... Isaac ... Jacob This means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship God. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
|
||||
MRK 12 26 re82 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ ... Ἰσαὰκ ... Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham ... Isaac ... Jacob This means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship God. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ... Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not the God of the dead, but of the living Here "the dead" refers to people who are dead, and "the living" refers to people who are alive. Also, the words "the God" can be stated clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: "not the God of dead people, but the God of living people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 l22e ζώντων 1 the living This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken It may be helpful to state what they are mistaken about. Alternate translation: "When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 sp7x πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken "completely mistaken" or "very wrong"
|
||||
MRK 12 28 q1u5 ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 He asked him "The scribe asked Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj πρώτη ἐστίν 1 The first is "The most important" refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: "The most important commandment is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε‘, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Hear, Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one "Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord"
|
||||
MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Hear, Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one "Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord"
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength Here "heart" and "soul" are metonyms for a person's inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις‘ τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: "love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: "love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 pyc1 τούτων 1 than these Here the word "these" refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people.
|
||||
MRK 12 32 qqm4 καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε 1 Good, Teacher "Good answer, Teacher" or "Well said, Teacher"
|
||||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς‘ ἐστιν 1 God is one This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: "there is only one God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς ἐστιν 1 God is one This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: "there is only one God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The word "God" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "that there is no other God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας ... ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως ... ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος’ 1 with all the heart ... all the understanding ... all the strength Here "heart" is a metonym for person's thoughts, feelings, or inner being. These three phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile τὸ ἀγαπᾶν‘ τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love one's neighbor as oneself This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: "to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love one's neighbor as oneself This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: "to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: "is even more important than" or "is even more pleasing to God than" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 b144 figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God This can be stated in positive form. Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to the kingdom of God, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: "You are close to submitting to God as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-litotes οὐδεὶς ... ἐτόλμα 1 no one dared This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "everyone was afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖ
|
|||
MRK 12 35 i6a4 υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David "a descendant of David"
|
||||
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself This word "himself" refers to David and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: "It was David who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 ejy2 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit This means that he was inspired by the Holy Spirit. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: "inspired by the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit εἶπεν ... εἶπεν‘ ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, 'The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God "The Lord" and calls the Christ "my Lord." This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "said about the Christ, 'The Lord God said to my Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit εἶπεν ... εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, 'The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God "The Lord" and calls the Christ "my Lord." This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "said about the Christ, 'The Lord God said to my Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 mml8 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies your footstool In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as making them into a footstool. Alternate translation: "until I completely defeat your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 calls him 'Lord,' Here the word "him" refers to the Christ.
|
||||
|
@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ MRK 13 5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to his disciples"
|
|||
MRK 13 5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "deceives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "they will deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Possible meanings are 1) "claiming my authority" or 2) "claiming that God sent them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 l7f9 ἐγώ‘ εἰμι’ 1 I am he "I am the Christ"
|
||||
MRK 13 6 l7f9 ἐγώ εἰμι’ 1 I am he "I am the Christ"
|
||||
MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 hear of wars and rumors of wars "hear of wars and reports about wars." Possible meanings are 1) "hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away" or 2) "hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start"
|
||||
MRK 13 7 d1k9 ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet "but it is not yet the end" or "but the end will not happen until later" or "but the end will be later"
|
||||
MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end This probably refers to the end of the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my na
|
|||
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ ... ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that person will be saved This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whoever endures to the end, God will save that person" or "God will save whoever endures to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ ... ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here "endures" represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: "whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end Possible meanings are 1) "to the end of his life" or 2) "to the end of that time of trouble"
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ‘ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: "the shameful thing that defiles the things of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: "the shameful thing that defiles the things of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus' audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "standing in the temple, where it should not be standing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers' attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: "may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 15 m1hq ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 on the housetop Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
|
||||
|
@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ MRK 13 22 j198 figs-ellipsis πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνα
|
|||
MRK 13 22 eq7b τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 the elect "the people whom God has chosen"
|
||||
MRK 13 23 jq8p ὑμεῖς δὲ βλέπετε 1 You must watch out "Be watchful" or "Be alert"
|
||||
MRK 13 23 va6h figs-explicit προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 I have told you ev Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: "I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ‘ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the sun will become dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the sun will become dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here the moon is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: "the moon will not shine" or "the moon will be dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 z1sh figs-explicit οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες’ 1 the stars will be falling from the sky This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: "the stars will fall from their places in the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the powers in the heavens will shake" or "God will shake the powers that are in the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ MRK 14 12 bn76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends two of the disciples to pre
|
|||
MRK 14 12 wpe7 figs-explicit ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον 1 when they sacrificed the Passover lamb At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: "when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 12 bel5 figs-metonymy φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα 1 eat the Passover Here the "Passover" refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: "eat the Passover meal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 13 a7xg κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 bearing a pitcher of water "carrying a large jar full of water"
|
||||
MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations ὁ‘ διδάσκαλος λέγει, "ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου ... μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω?" 1 The Teacher says, "Where is my guest room ... with my disciples?" This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: "Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου ... μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 The Teacher says, "Where is my guest room ... with my disciples?" This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: "Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 14 14 q3pn τὸ κατάλυμά 1 guest room a room for visitors
|
||||
MRK 14 15 x3zk figs-explicit ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν 1 Make the preparations for us there They were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: "Prepare the meal for us there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 16 sb35 ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 The disciples left "The two disciples left"
|
||||
|
@ -1311,8 +1311,8 @@ MRK 14 60 q2u1 figs-explicit ἀναστὰς ... εἰς μέσον 1 stood up
|
|||
MRK 14 60 af5e figs-explicit οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Do you not answer? What is it they testify against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: "Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 61 x6ey figs-nominaladj ὁ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 the Son of the Blessed One Here God is called "the Blessed." It is best to translate "Son" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a "son" of a human father. Alternate translation: "the Son of the Blessed One" or "the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z5rv ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This likely has a double meaning: 1) to respond to the high priest's question and 2) to call himself "I Am," which is what God called himself in the Old Testament.
|
||||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ‘ δεξιῶν καθήμενον’ τῆς δυνάμεως 1 he sits at the right hand of power Here "power" is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z55c figs-metaphor ἐρχόμενον‘ μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 comes with the clouds of heaven Here the clouds are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: "when he comes down through the clouds in the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον’ τῆς δυνάμεως 1 he sits at the right hand of power Here "power" is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z55c figs-metaphor ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 comes with the clouds of heaven Here the clouds are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: "when he comes down through the clouds in the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 63 jz48 διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ 1 tore his garments The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "tore his garments in outrage"
|
||||
MRK 14 63 afd3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 What need do we still have for witnesses? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 64 zwf9 figs-explicit ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας 1 You have heard the blasphemy This refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. Alternate translation: "You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1343.
|
|
@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ LUK 2 17 n2qz figs-activepassive οῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντ
|
|||
LUK 2 17 zr1i τοῦ παιδίου τούτου 1 this child "the baby"
|
||||
LUK 2 18 vh9d figs-activepassive τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς αὐτούς 1 the things that were spoken to them by the shepherds This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what the shepherds told them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 19 reb7 figs-metaphor συμβάλλουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς 1 pondering them in her heart A person who thinks is something is very valuable or precious is "treasuring" it. Mary considered the things she was told about her son to be very precious. Alternate translation: "carefully remembering them" or "joyfully remembering them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 20 nqv7 ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες 1 shepherds returned "shepherds went back to the sheep"
|
||||
LUK 2 20 nqv7 ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες 1 shepherds returned "shepherds went back to the sheep"
|
||||
LUK 2 20 c9x5 figs-doublet δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν 1 glorifying and praising God These are very similar and emphasize how excited they were about what God had done. Alternate translation: "talking about and praising God's greatness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 2 21 y6ih 0 General Information: The laws God gave the Jewish believers told them when to circumcise a boy baby and what sacrifice the parents had to bring.
|
||||
LUK 2 21 ud24 writing-newevent ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ 1 when eight days had passed This phrase shows the passing of time before this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ LUK 4 2 hg5p figs-activepassive πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ δια
|
|||
LUK 4 2 k47d καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν 1 He did not eat anything The word "he" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 4 3 y7yf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If you are the Son of God The devil challenges Jesus to do this miracle in order to prove that he is "the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 4 3 bg52 τῷ λίθῳ τούτῳ 1 this stone The devil either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone.
|
||||
LUK 4 4 kde3 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, "γέγραπται ... ὁ ἄνθρωπος.’" 1 Jesus answered him, "It is written ... alone.'" Jesus' rejection of the devil's challenge is clearly implied in his answer. It may be helpful to state this clearly for your audience, as the UST does. Alternate translation: "Jesus replied, 'No, I will not do that because it is written ... alone.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 kde3 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται ... ὁ ἄνθρωπος. 1 Jesus answered him, "It is written ... alone.'" Jesus' rejection of the devil's challenge is clearly implied in his answer. It may be helpful to state this clearly for your audience, as the UST does. Alternate translation: "Jesus replied, 'No, I will not do that because it is written ... alone.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 hr5a figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written The quotation is from Moses' writings in the Old Testament. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses has written in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 ek2z figs-synecdoche οὐκ‘ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man does not live on bread alone The word "bread" refers to food in general. Food as compared to God, by itself, is not enough to sustain a person. Jesus quotes the scripture to say why he would not turn the stone into bread. Alternate translation: "People cannot live on just bread" or "It is not just food that makes a person live" or "God says there are more important things than food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 4 5 wm17 figs-explicit ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν 1 led him up He led Jesus up a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ LUK 5 21 s21n figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτί
|
|||
LUK 5 22 z4k5 ἐπιγνοὺς ... τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς 1 knowing their thoughts This phrase indicates that they were reasoning silently, so that Jesus sensed rather then heard what they were thinking.
|
||||
LUK 5 22 et8f figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you questioning this in your hearts? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not argue about this in your hearts." or "You should not doubt that I have the authority to forgive sins." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 5 22 p2hj figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds or inner beings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 5 23 zid2 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν ... περιπάτει’? 1 Which is easier to say ... walk? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven you.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 5 23 zid2 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν ... περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier to say ... walk? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven you.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 5 23 ysw3 figs-ellipsis εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν 1 easier to say The unspoken implication is that one thing is "easier to say because no one will know what has happened," but the other thing is "harder to say because everyone will know what has happened." People could not see if the man's sins were forgiven, but they would all know he was healed if he got up and walked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 5 24 ceg8 figs-you εἰδῆτε 1 you may know Jesus was speaking to the scribes and Pharisees. The word "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 5 24 f1lu ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus was referring to himself.
|
||||
|
@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ LUK 5 30 n82u πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 to his discipl
|
|||
LUK 5 30 tmm5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ... ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίετε ... πίνετε? 1 Why do you eat ... sinners? The Pharisees and scribes ask this question to express their disapproval that Jesus' disciples are eating with sinners. Alternate translation: "You should not eat with sinners!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 5 30 ze7y ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
|
||||
LUK 5 30 pi2x figs-explicit μετὰ ... ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε 1 you eat and drink with ... sinners The Pharisees and scribes believed that religious people should separate themselves from people they consider to be sinners. The word "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 31 t6iv writing-proverbs οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ... οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 People who are well ... those who are sick Jesus uses this proverb to begin to tell them that he calls sinners to repentance the way a physician calls sick people to be healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
LUK 5 31 t6iv writing-proverbs οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ... οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 People who are well ... those who are sick Jesus uses this proverb to begin to tell them that he calls sinners to repentance the way a physician calls sick people to be healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
LUK 5 31 bc8t ἰατροῦ 1 a physician doctor
|
||||
LUK 5 31 i9gn figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 but those who are sick You may need to supply the words that have been omitted. Alternate translation: "only those who are sick need a physician" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 5 32 jf2v οὐκ ἐλήλυθα καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 I did not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance Anyone who wants to follow Jesus has to think of himself as a sinner, not as righteous.
|
||||
|
@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ LUK 6 41 j1r5 κάρφος 1 tiny piece of straw "speck" or "splinter" or "bit
|
|||
LUK 6 41 ud6q τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 brother Here "brother" refers to a fellow Jew or a fellow believer in Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 6 41 ssu3 figs-metaphor τὴν ... δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ 1 the log that is in your own eye This is a metaphor for a person's most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person's eye. Jesus exaggerates to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person's less important faults. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 h9a4 δοκὸν 1 log "beam" or "plank"
|
||||
LUK 6 42 rkk6 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν ... ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν οὐ βλέπων? 1 How can you say ... your own eye? Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person's sins. Alternate translation: "You should not say ... eye." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 6 42 rkk6 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν ... ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν οὐ βλέπων? 1 How can you say ... your own eye? Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person's sins. Alternate translation: "You should not say ... eye." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 6 43 x5uu figs-metaphor 0 General Information: People can tell if a tree is good or bad, and what type of tree it is, by the fruit it produces. Jesus uses this as an unexplained metaphor—we know what kind of person someone is when we see his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 43 ezb4 γάρ ἐστιν 1 For there is "This is because there is." This indicates that what follows is the reason why we should not judge our brother.
|
||||
LUK 6 43 u159 δένδρον καλὸν 1 good tree "healthy tree"
|
||||
|
@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ LUK 7 18 p9nd 0 Connecting Statement: John sends two of his disciples to quest
|
|||
LUK 7 18 xt3i writing-newevent ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωάννῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων 1 John's disciples told him concerning all these things This introduces a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 7 18 r11g ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωάννῃ 1 reported to John "told John"
|
||||
LUK 7 18 jf5m πάντων τούτων 1 all these things "all the things Jesus was doing"
|
||||
LUK 7 20 ftb7 figs-quotations οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, "Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ‘ εἶ ... ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν?’" 1 the men said, "John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, 'Are you ... or should we look for another?'" This sentence can be rewritten so that it only has one direct quote. Alternate translation: "the men said that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, 'Are you the one who is coming, or should we look for another?'" or "the men said, 'John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or if we should look for another.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 7 20 ftb7 figs-quotations οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ‘ εἶ ... ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν?’ 1 the men said, "John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, 'Are you ... or should we look for another?'" This sentence can be rewritten so that it only has one direct quote. Alternate translation: "the men said that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, 'Are you the one who is coming, or should we look for another?'" or "the men said, 'John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or if we should look for another.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 7 21 ys1b ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 In that hour "At that time"
|
||||
LUK 7 21 a7sm figs-ellipsis πνευμάτων πονηρῶν 1 from evil spirits It may be helpful to restate the healing. Alternate translation: "he healed them from evil spirits" or "he set people free from evil spirits" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 lcm2 εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 said to them "said to John's messengers" or "said to the messengers that John sent"
|
||||
|
@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ LUK 7 32 m2k3 καὶ οὐκ ἐκλαύσατε 1 and you did not cry "but yo
|
|||
LUK 7 33 kbc7 μὴ ἐσθίων ἄρτον 1 neither eating bread Possible meanings are 1) "frequently fasting" or 2) "not eating normal food."
|
||||
LUK 7 33 wka1 figs-quotations λέγετε, δαιμόνιον‘ ἔχει 1 you say, 'He has a demon.' Jesus was quoting what people were saying about John. This can be stated without the direct quote. Alternate translation: "you say that he has a demon." or "you accuse him of having a demon." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 k33e figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus expected the people to understand that he was referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 s1um figs-quotations λέγετε, ἰδοὺ‘, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης ... ἁμαρτωλῶν.’ 1 you say, 'Look, he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners!' This can be translated as an indirect quote. If you translated "The Son of Man" as "I, the Son of man," you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: "you say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." or "you accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being ... sinners." or "you say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 s1um figs-quotations λέγετε, ἰδοὺ‘, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης ... ἁμαρτωλῶν. 1 you say, 'Look, he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners!' This can be translated as an indirect quote. If you translated "The Son of Man" as "I, the Son of man," you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: "you say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." or "you accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being ... sinners." or "you say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 am9s ἄνθρωπος φάγος 1 a gluttonous man "he is a greedy eater" or "he continually eats too much food"
|
||||
LUK 7 34 chu4 οἰνοπότης 1 a drunkard "a drunk" or "he continually drinks too much alcohol"
|
||||
LUK 7 35 ba4g ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by all her children This appears to be a proverb that Jesus applied to this situation, probably to teach that wise people would understand that the people should not have rejected Jesus and John.
|
||||
|
@ -1421,9 +1421,9 @@ LUK 11 19 i48v figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ... οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶ
|
|||
LUK 11 19 bs8x αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται 1 they will be your judges "your followers who cast out demons by God's power will judge you for saying that I cast out demons by Beelzebul's power"
|
||||
LUK 11 20 y643 figs-metonymy ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ 1 by the finger of God The "finger of God" refers to God's power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 20 ja3u ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come to you "this shows that God's kingdom has come to you"
|
||||
LUK 11 21 e4d1 figs-metaphor ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς ... ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 When a strong man ... his possessions are safe This speaks about Jesus defeating Satan and his demons as if Jesus were a stronger man who takes what belongs to a strong man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 21 e4d1 figs-metaphor ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς ... ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 When a strong man ... his possessions are safe This speaks about Jesus defeating Satan and his demons as if Jesus were a stronger man who takes what belongs to a strong man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 21 pb5v ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 his possessions are safe "no one can steal his things"
|
||||
LUK 11 22 g1hx figs-metaphor ἐπὰν ... ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ ... τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν 1 when one who is stronger than him ... divide his possessions This speaks about Jesus defeating Satan and his demons as if Jesus were a stronger man who takes what belongs to a strong man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 22 g1hx figs-metaphor ἐπὰν ... ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ ... τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν 1 when one who is stronger than him ... divide his possessions This speaks about Jesus defeating Satan and his demons as if Jesus were a stronger man who takes what belongs to a strong man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 22 my6r τὴν πανοπλίαν αὐτοῦ αἴρει 1 takes away his armor "removes the man's weapons and protection"
|
||||
LUK 11 22 zv57 τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν 1 divides his possessions "steals his possessions" or "takes away anything that he wants"
|
||||
LUK 11 23 yw6h ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ, κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει 1 The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters This refers to any person or any group of people. "Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters" or "Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter"
|
||||
|
@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ LUK 11 49 by5w διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason This refers back to the pr
|
|||
LUK 11 49 c97g figs-personification ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν 1 the wisdom of God said "wisdom" is treated as if it was able to speak for God. Alternate translation: "God in his wisdom said" or "God wisely said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 11 49 lda4 ἀποστελῶ‘ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους 1 I will send to them prophets and apostles "I will send prophets and apostles to my people." God had declared beforehand that he would send prophets and apostles to the ancestors of the Jewish audience to whom Jesus was speaking.
|
||||
LUK 11 49 w1fh ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 they will persecute and they will kill some of them "my people will persecute and kill some of the prophets and apostles." God had declared beforehand that the ancestors of the Jewish audience to whom Jesus was speaking would persecute and kill the prophets and apostles.
|
||||
LUK 11 50 pi6u figs-metonymy ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ... ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 This generation, then, will be held responsible for all the blood of the prophets shed The people to whom Jesus is speaking will be held responsible for the murder of the prophets by their ancestors. Alternate translation: "Therefore, God will hold this generation responsible for all the deaths of the prophets that people have killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 pi6u figs-metonymy ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ... ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 This generation, then, will be held responsible for all the blood of the prophets shed The people to whom Jesus is speaking will be held responsible for the murder of the prophets by their ancestors. Alternate translation: "Therefore, God will hold this generation responsible for all the deaths of the prophets that people have killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 d1rf figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 all the blood of the prophets which has been shed The "blood ... shed" refers to the blood spilled when they were killed. Alternate translation: "the murder of the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 jes7 Ζαχαρίου 1 Zechariah This was probably the priest in the Old Testament who rebuked the people of Israel for idolatry. This was not the Father of John the Baptist.
|
||||
LUK 11 51 pav1 figs-activepassive τοῦ ἀπολομένου 1 who was killed This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the people killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ LUK 12 9 x27t figs-activepassive ἀπαρνηθήσεται 1 will be denied "w
|
|||
LUK 12 10 rp5y καὶ πᾶς ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 And everyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man "Everyone who says something bad about the Son of Man"
|
||||
LUK 12 10 px39 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven him "he will be forgiven." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive him for that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 10 v5ps εἰς τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα βλασφημήσαντι 1 who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit "speaks evil against the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
LUK 12 10 p9g7 figs-activepassive τῷ δὲ ... οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 but to him ... it will not be forgiven This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: "but he ... God will not forgive him" or "but he ... God will consider him guilty forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 10 p9g7 figs-activepassive τῷ δὲ ... οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 but to him ... it will not be forgiven This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: "but he ... God will not forgive him" or "but he ... God will consider him guilty forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 11 f2j9 ὅταν δὲ εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 So when they bring you It is not stated who brings them into judgment.
|
||||
LUK 12 11 c1rk ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 before the synagogues "into the synagogues to question you before the religious leaders"
|
||||
LUK 12 11 gm94 τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας 1 the rulers, and the authorities It may be necessary to combine these into one statement. Alternate translation: "other people who have power in the country"
|
||||
|
@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ LUK 12 16 nkw9 εὐφόρησεν 1 yielded abundantly "grew a very good harve
|
|||
LUK 12 17 w55n figs-rquestion τί‘ ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς μου? 1 What will I do, because I do not have a place to store my crops? This question reflects what the man was thinking to himself. Alternate translation: "I do not know what to do, because I do not have any place big enough to store all my crops!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 18 d82f τὰς ἀποθήκας 1 barns buildings where farmers store the crops they have harvested
|
||||
LUK 12 18 w6gc τὰ ἀγαθά 1 other goods possessions
|
||||
LUK 12 19 mqm6 figs-synecdoche καὶ ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, "ψυχή, ἔχεις ... ἔτη πολλά. ἀναπαύου ... εὐφραίνου."’ 1 I will say to my soul, "Soul, you have ... many years. Rest easy ... be merry." "I will say to myself, 'I have ... years. Rest ... merry.'" or "I will tell myself that I have ... years, so I can rest ... merry." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 12 19 mqm6 figs-synecdoche καὶ ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις ... ἔτη πολλά. ἀναπαύου ... εὐφραίνου. 1 I will say to my soul, "Soul, you have ... many years. Rest easy ... be merry." "I will say to myself, 'I have ... years. Rest ... merry.'" or "I will tell myself that I have ... years, so I can rest ... merry." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 s4qm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus quotes how God responds to the rich man, as he finishes telling his parable.
|
||||
LUK 12 20 xgr9 figs-euphemism ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 this very night your soul is required of you The "soul" refers to the life of a person. Alternate translation: "you will die tonight" or "I will take your life from you tonight" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 vyn1 figs-rquestion ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται? 1 and the things you have prepared, whose will they be? "who will own what you have stored up?" or "who will have what you prepared?" God uses a question to make the man realize that he would no longer possess those things. Alternate translation: "the things that you have prepared will belong to someone else!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -2088,9 +2088,9 @@ LUK 17 6 ep7z figs-simile εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σι
|
|||
LUK 17 6 i31l translate-unknown συκαμίνῳ 1 mulberry tree If this type of tree is not familiar, it may be helpful to substitute another type of tree. Alternate translation: "fig tree" or "tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 ky7z figs-activepassive ἐκριζώθητι‘ καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Uproot yourself and plant yourself in the sea" or "Take your roots out of the ground, and put your roots down into the ocean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 g53n ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν 1 it would obey you "the tree would obey you." This result is conditional. It would happen only if they had faith.
|
||||
LUK 17 7 dk3q figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν ... ἐρεῖ ... ἀνάπεσε’? 1 But which of you ... will say ... recline at table'? Jesus asks his disciples a question to help them think about the role of a servant. This could be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "But none of you who ... sheep would say ... sit down to eat.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 7 dk3q figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν ... ἐρεῖ ... ἀνάπεσε? 1 But which of you ... will say ... recline at table'? Jesus asks his disciples a question to help them think about the role of a servant. This could be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "But none of you who ... sheep would say ... sit down to eat.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 7 va34 δοῦλον ... ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα 1 a servant plowing or keeping sheep "a servant that plows your field or takes care of your sheep"
|
||||
LUK 17 8 iw9j figs-rquestion ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ ... φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ’? 1 Instead, will he not say to him ... you will eat and drink'? Jesus uses a second question explain how the disciples would actually treat a servant. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "He will certainly say to him ... eat and drink'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 8 iw9j figs-rquestion ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ ... φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 Instead, will he not say to him ... you will eat and drink'? Jesus uses a second question explain how the disciples would actually treat a servant. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "He will certainly say to him ... eat and drink'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 8 kr7u figs-explicit περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι 1 put a belt around your clothes and serve me "tie your clothes at your waist and serve me" or "dress up properly and take care of me." People would tie their clothes closely around their waist so that their clothes would not get in their way while they worked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 8 ds77 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 1 and after these things "Then after you serve me"
|
||||
LUK 17 9 sby7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes teaching. This is the end of this part of the story.
|
||||
|
@ -2453,7 +2453,7 @@ LUK 20 15 dlu4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κ
|
|||
LUK 20 16 k18g μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be! "May it never happen"
|
||||
LUK 20 17 ne1d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 20 17 qtb7 ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς 1 But Jesus looked at them "But Jesus stared at them" or "But he looked straight at them." He did this to hold them accountable to understand what he was saying.
|
||||
LUK 20 17 rf5f figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον‘ ... κεφαλὴν γωνίας’ ? 1 What then is this that is written: 'The stone ... the cornerstone'? Jesus uses a question to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: "You should be able to understand that which is written: 'The stone ... cornerstone.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 rf5f figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον‘ ... κεφαλὴν γωνίας’ ? 1 What then is this that is written: 'The stone ... the cornerstone'? Jesus uses a question to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: "You should be able to understand that which is written: 'The stone ... cornerstone.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 l6l3 γεγραμμένον τοῦτο 1 this that is written "this scripture"
|
||||
LUK 20 17 a5kc figs-metaphor λίθον‘ ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone that the builders rejected has become the cornerstone This is the first of three metaphors in a prophecy from the book of Psalms. This one refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use, but that God made the most important stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 bd2f λίθον‘ ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The stone that the builders rejected "The stone that the builders said was not good enough to use for building." In those days people used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings.
|
||||
|
@ -2687,7 +2687,7 @@ LUK 22 10 c13w ἰδοὺ 1 Look Jesus used this word to tell them to pay close
|
|||
LUK 22 10 i45e συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος, κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 a man bearing a pitcher of water will meet you "you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water"
|
||||
LUK 22 10 a677 κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 bearing a pitcher of water "carrying a jar with water in it." He probably would be carrying the jar on his shoulder.
|
||||
LUK 22 10 cc34 ἀκολουθήσατε αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 Follow him into the house "Follow him, and go into the house"
|
||||
LUK 22 11 khy9 figs-quotations λέγει‘ σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, "ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω?" 1 The Teacher says to you, "Where is the guest room, where I will eat the Passover with my disciples?" The quote beginning with "Where is the guest room" is a direct quote of what Jesus, the teacher, wants to say to the master of his house. It can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Our teacher asks where the guest room is in which he will eat the Passover with his disciples." or "Our teacher says to show us the guest room where he will eat the Passover with us and the rest of his disciples." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 22 11 khy9 figs-quotations λέγει‘ σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 The Teacher says to you, "Where is the guest room, where I will eat the Passover with my disciples?" The quote beginning with "Where is the guest room" is a direct quote of what Jesus, the teacher, wants to say to the master of his house. It can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Our teacher asks where the guest room is in which he will eat the Passover with his disciples." or "Our teacher says to show us the guest room where he will eat the Passover with us and the rest of his disciples." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 22 11 iv6f ὁ διδάσκαλος 1 The Teacher This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 22 11 pq8q τὸ Πάσχα ... φάγω 1 I will eat the Passover "eat the Passover meal"
|
||||
LUK 22 12 ypk9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues giving instructions to Peter and John.
|
||||
|
@ -2757,7 +2757,7 @@ LUK 22 34 pwj1 figs-metonymy οὐ φωνήσει ... ἀλέκτωρ 1 the roos
|
|||
LUK 22 34 eq7h ἀλέκτωρ 1 rooster a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
|
||||
LUK 22 34 zaq1 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today The Jewish day begins at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. The morning was part of "this day." Alternate translation: "tonight" or "in the morning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 rb56 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus turns his attention back to speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, "ὅτε ... μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?" οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, "οὐθενός." 1 Then he said to them, "When ... did you lack anything?" They answered, "Nothing." Jesus uses a question to help the apostles remember how well the people provided for them as they traveled. Though this is a rhetorical question and Jesus is not asking for information, you should translate it as a question unless only a statement would cause the disciples to reply that they had lacked nothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτε ... μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, οὐθενός. 1 Then he said to them, "When ... did you lack anything?" They answered, "Nothing." Jesus uses a question to help the apostles remember how well the people provided for them as they traveled. Though this is a rhetorical question and Jesus is not asking for information, you should translate it as a question unless only a statement would cause the disciples to reply that they had lacked nothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 a5jt figs-you ὅτε ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς 1 When I sent you out Jesus was talking to his apostles. So languages that have different forms of "you" should use the plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 dny3 figs-metonymy βαλλαντίου 1 purse A purse is a bag for holding money. Here it is used to refer to "money." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 dr5g πήρας 1 a bag of provisions "travelers' bag" or "bag of food"
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here "f
|
|||
JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 the one and only who came from the Father The phrase "the one an only" means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase "who came from the Father" means that he is the Father's child. Alternate translation: "the unique Son of the Father" or "the only Son of the Father"
|
||||
JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 tg4m πλήρης χάριτος 1 full of grace "full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve"
|
||||
JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ‘ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase "comes after me" means that John's ministry has already started and Jesus' ministry will start later.
|
||||
JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase "comes after me" means that John's ministry has already started and Jesus' ministry will start later.
|
||||
JHN 1 15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 is greater than I am "is more important than I am" or "has more authority than I have"
|
||||
JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive.
|
||||
JHN 1 16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 fullness This word refers to God's grace that has no end.
|
||||
|
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ JHN 1 22 t8ib 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to speak with the priest
|
|||
JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν ... αὐτῷ 1 they said to him "the priests and Levites said to John"
|
||||
JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν ... ἡμᾶς 1 we may give ... us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 a732 ἔφη 1 He said "John said"
|
||||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ‘ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah's prophecy is about himself. The word "voice" here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "I am the one calling out in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah's prophecy is about himself. The word "voice" here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "I am the one calling out in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word "way" is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: "Prepare yourselves for the Lord's arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Now some from the Pharisees This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 26 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes
|
|||
JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου ... οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: "me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way" or "me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God's perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" because he was sacrificed to pay for people's sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The word "world" is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 30 x393 ὀπίσω‘ μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.’ 1 The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 30 x393 ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 32 mcc7 καταβαῖνον 1 descending coming down from above
|
||||
JHN 1 32 xyr3 figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 like a dove This phrase is a simile. The "Spirit" comes down just like a dove lands on a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 1 32 uji2 οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven The word "heaven" refers to the "sky."
|
||||
|
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ JHN 3 5 il52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly You can translate this in
|
|||
JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit There are two possible meanings: 1) "baptized in water and in the Spirit" or 2) "born physically and spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God The word "kingdom" is a metaphor for the rule of God in one's life. Alternate translation: "experience the rule of God in his life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 7 t2sl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ‘ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again "You must be born from above"
|
||||
JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again "You must be born from above"
|
||||
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: "This cannot be!" or "This is not able to happen!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: "You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!" or "You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ JHN 3 26 jr28 σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζ
|
|||
JHN 3 27 kl21 οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν, οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless "Nobody has any power unless"
|
||||
JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here "heaven" is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has given it to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves This "You" is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: "You all" or "All of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος‘ εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God sent me to arrive before him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God sent me to arrive before him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 k5xq 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν 1 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here the "bride" and "bridegroom" are metaphors. Jesus is like the "bridegroom" and John is like the friend of the "bridegroom." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So then I rejoice greatly" or "So I rejoice much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as h
|
|||
JHN 6 41 jl8l ἐγόγγυζον 1 grumbled talked unhappily
|
||||
JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: "I am the one who is like true bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Is not this Jesus ... whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: "This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ‘ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα 1 How then does he now say, 'I have come down from heaven'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: "He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα 1 How then does he now say, 'I have come down from heaven'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: "He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 43 pk4s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ 1 draws This can mean 1) "pulls" or 2) "attracts."
|
||||
|
@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1
|
|||
JHN 8 31 iq3z μαθηταί μού 1 my disciples "my followers"
|
||||
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free This is personification. Jesus speaks of "the truth" as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "if you obey the truth, God will set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 8 32 xf9m τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: "what is true about God"
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι‘ γενήσεσθε’ 1 how can you say, 'You will be set free'? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders' shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "We do not need to be set free!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε’ 1 how can you say, 'You will be set free'? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders' shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "We do not need to be set free!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 34 i2pn ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word "slave" is a metaphor. This implies that "sin" is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: "is like a slave to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here "house" is a metonym for "family." Alternate translation: "as a permanent member of a family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -631,12 +631,12 @@ JHN 8 51 fb52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated th
|
|||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 keeps my word Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" of Jesus. Alternate translation: "obeys my teachings" or "does what I say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον ... θεωρήσῃ 1 see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here "Jews" is a metonym for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν‘ τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word "If anyone obeys my teaching"
|
||||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word "If anyone obeys my teaching"
|
||||
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom γεύσηται θανάτου 1 taste death This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: "die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 p38s τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father forefather
|
||||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You should not think that you are so important!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς‘ ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word "Father" is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: "it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word "Father" is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: "it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here "word" is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: "I obey what he says to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: "what I would do during my life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 hv5g εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad "he foresaw my coming through God's revelation and he rejoiced"
|
||||
|
@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the "wo
|
|||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς ... τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here "light" is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: "the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: "and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ily8 νίψαι ... ἐνίψατο 1 wash ... washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, "ἀπεσταλμένος" 1 which is translated "Sent" A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what "Siloam" means. Alternate translation: "which means 'Sent'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated "Sent" A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what "Siloam" means. Alternate translation: "which means 'Sent'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: "This man is the one who used to sit and beg!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 10 p7vj 0 Connecting Statement: The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him.
|
||||
JHN 9 10 m97n πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 Then how were your eyes opened? "Then what caused you to be able to see?" or "How is it that you can see now?"
|
||||
|
@ -766,11 +766,11 @@ JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδ
|
|||
JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father The word "hand" is a metonym that refers to God's possession and protective care. Alternate translation: "No one can steal them from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews took up stones The word "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς," πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, "I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, "I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him The word "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish opponents replied" or "The Jewish leaders answered him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God "claiming to be God"
|
||||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ‘ εἶπα, “ θεοί ἐστε 1 Is it not written ... gods"'? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, 'you are gods.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, “ θεοί ἐστε 1 Is it not written ... gods"'? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, 'you are gods.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 b3gp θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers "gods," perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
|
||||
JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of God's message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: "God spoke his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken Possible meanings are 1) "no one can change the scripture" or 2) "the scripture will always be true."
|
||||
|
@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ JHN 13 16 h6gt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated t
|
|||
JHN 13 16 tpl8 μείζων 1 greater one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life
|
||||
JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed Here "bless" means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "this is in order to fulfill the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ‘ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here the phrase "eats my bread" is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase "lifted up his heel" is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: "the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here the phrase "eats my bread" is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase "lifted up his heel" is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: "the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 19 qd39 ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι 1 I tell you this now before it happens "I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens"
|
||||
JHN 13 19 gg19 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus is saying, "I am the one I claim to be."
|
||||
JHN 13 20 di3t ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
|
@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an imp
|
|||
JHN 14 8 kum1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Lord, show us the Father The "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 mr1a figs-rquestion τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε 1 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus' words. Alternate translation: "Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 l3s8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Whoever has seen me has seen the Father To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον‘ ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 How can you say, 'Show us the Father'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus' words to Philip. Alternate translation: "So you really should not be saying, 'Show us the Father!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 How can you say, 'Show us the Father'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus' words to Philip. Alternate translation: "So you really should not be saying, 'Show us the Father!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 v2jb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 Do you not believe ... in me? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus' words to Philip. Alternate translation: "You really should believe ... in me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν ... οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount
|
|||
JHN 16 17 zd1n πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me Possible meanings are 1) This could refer to Jesus' resurrection or 2) This could refer to Jesus' coming at the end of time.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν‘ καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying, ... see me'? Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: "You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, ... see me.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying, ... see me'? Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: "You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, ... see me.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 jx6s ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "but the people who oppose God will be glad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but your sadness will become joy" or "but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ JHN 20 15 z97i εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν 1 tell me wh
|
|||
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus' body and bury it again. Alternate translation: "I will get the body and bury it again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word "Rabboni" means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used the word "brothers" to refer to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω‘ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: "I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: "I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-explicit ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: "Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 m5nt 0 General Information: It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1122.
|
|
@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ ACT 1 19 mxf3 Χωρίον Αἵματος 1 Field of Blood When the people l
|
|||
ACT 1 20 d7pk 0 General Information: Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse.
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mz13 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 For it is written in the Book of Psalms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For David wrote in the Book of Psalms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω‘ ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω‘ ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτωἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτωἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 lsm2 γενηθήτω ... ἔρημος 1 be made desolate "become empty"
|
||||
ACT 1 21 xz69 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 21 t916 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
|
@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit γὰρ ... ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας
|
|||
ACT 2 16 ktw9 0 General Information: Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation.
|
||||
ACT 2 16 f9hz figs-activepassive τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this is what God told the prophet Joel to write" or "this is that which the prophet Joel spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 ijl8 ἔσται 1 It will be "This is what will happen" or "This is what I will do"
|
||||
ACT 2 17 u2d1 figs-idiom ἐκχεῶ‘ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 I will pour out my Spirit on all people Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: "I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 u2d1 figs-idiom ἐκχεῶἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 I will pour out my Spirit on all people Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: "I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 18 uwd7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to quote the prophet Joel.
|
||||
ACT 2 18 nd34 τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας 1 my servants and my female servants "both my male and my female servants." These words emphasize that God will pour out his Spirit on all of his servants, both men and women.
|
||||
ACT 2 18 wz2i figs-idiom ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 I will pour out my Spirit Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: "I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -146,10 +146,10 @@ ACT 2 29 wh97 0 General Information: In verses 29 & 30, the words he," "his,"
|
|||
ACT 2 29 pv1x 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md) to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 2 29 ps7c ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν 1 Brothers, I am permitted "My fellow Jews, I"
|
||||
ACT 2 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη 1 he both died and was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he died and people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy ἐκ‘ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne "God would set one of David's descendants upon David's throne." Alternate translation: "God would appoint one of David's descendants to be king in David's place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκ‘ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ 1 one of the fruit of his body Here the word "fruit" refers to what "his body" produces. Alternate translation: "one of his descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε‘ ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not abandon him to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν‘ διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "nor did his flesh decay" or "nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy ἐκκαρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne "God would set one of David's descendants upon David's throne." Alternate translation: "God would appoint one of David's descendants to be king in David's place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκκαρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ 1 one of the fruit of his body Here the word "fruit" refers to what "his body" produces. Alternate translation: "one of his descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτεἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not abandon him to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδενδιαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "nor did his flesh decay" or "nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 32 kw6a figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here, the second word "this" refers to the disciples' speaking in other languages when they received the Holy Spirit. The word "we" refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 32 udn1 figs-idiom ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός 1 God raised him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive τῇ δεξιᾷ ... τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ ACT 3 21 y1ps δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι, ἄχρι 1 h
|
|||
ACT 3 21 x2f3 ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 until the time of the restoration of all things Possible meanings are 1) "until the time when God will restore all things" or 2) "until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold."
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them"
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ... αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of his holy prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 22 v5nf προφήτην‘ ... ἀναστήσει ... ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ 1 will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers "will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him"
|
||||
ACT 3 22 v5nf προφήτην... ἀναστήσει ... ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ 1 will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers "will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him"
|
||||
ACT 3 22 t8di τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 your brothers "your nation"
|
||||
ACT 3 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive 1 that prophet will be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that prophet, God will completely destroy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 24 y1z7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md).
|
||||
|
@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ ACT 4 10 khn7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστ
|
|||
ACT 4 10 jyj6 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 whom God raised from the dead, Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "whom God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 11 tdw8 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 11 nwg6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in [Acts 4:8](../04/08.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 11 w195 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ‘ λίθος ... ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας’ 1 Jesus Christ is the stone ... which has been made the head cornerstone Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 4 11 w195 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁλίθος ... ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας’ 1 Jesus Christ is the stone ... which has been made the head cornerstone Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 4 11 f1nx κεφαλὴν 1 head Here the word "head" means "most important" or "vital."
|
||||
ACT 4 11 c1bh ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων 1 you as builders despised "you as builders rejected" or "you as builders rejected as worth nothing"
|
||||
ACT 4 12 tq3z figs-abstractnouns καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ 1 There is no salvation in any other person The noun "salvation" can be translated as a verb. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "He is the only person who is able to save" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ ACT 4 24 zu28 ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θ
|
|||
ACT 4 25 vc5z ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών 1 You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said.
|
||||
ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν ... στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου 1 through the mouth of your servant, our father David Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: "by the words of your servant, our father David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 kat6 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν ... Δαυεὶδ 1 our father David Here "father" refers to "ancestor/"
|
||||
ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion ἵνα‘ τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: "The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion ἵνατί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: "The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 the peoples imagine useless things These "useless things" consist of plans to oppose God. Alternate translation: "the peoples imagine useless things against God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 h6rc λαοὶ 1 peoples people groups
|
||||
ACT 4 26 fb5a 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in [Acts 4:25](../04/25.md).
|
||||
|
@ -546,9 +546,9 @@ ACT 7 25 nhb9 figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σ
|
|||
ACT 7 26 t1hw figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to the Israelites but does not include Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 26 t2vc figs-explicit αὐτοῖς 1 some Israelites The audience would have known from the account in Exodus that these were two men, but Stephen does not specify that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 26 mpc7 συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην 1 put them at peace with each other "make them stop fighting"
|
||||
ACT 7 26 zzt4 ἄνδρες‘, ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 Men, you are brothers Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.
|
||||
ACT 7 26 zzt4 ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 Men, you are brothers Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.
|
||||
ACT 7 26 k1ku figs-rquestion ἱνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλου 1 why are you hurting one another? Moses asked this question to encourage them to stop fighting. Alternate translation: "you should not hurt each other!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 27 q2r4 figs-rquestion τίς‘ σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν 1 Who made you a ruler and a judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: "You have no authority over us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 27 q2r4 figs-rquestion τίςσε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν 1 Who made you a ruler and a judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: "You have no authority over us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 28 hk1g μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον 1 Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday? The man used this question to warn Moses that he and probably others knew Moses had killed the Egyptian.
|
||||
ACT 7 29 l149 figs-explicit 0 General Information: Stephen's audience already knew that Moses had married a Midianite woman when he fled Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 29 q8qv figs-explicit ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 after hearing this The implied information is that Moses understood that the Israelites knew that he had killed an Egyptian the day before ([Acts 7:28](../07/28.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ ACT 7 30 zx1c figs-explicit καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσε
|
|||
ACT 7 30 f7yu figs-explicit ὤφθη ... ἄγγελος 1 an angel appeared Stephen's audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 31 q6w6 figs-explicit ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα 1 he marveled at the sight Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen's audience. Alternate translation: "because the bush was not burning up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 31 uk7u προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι 1 as he approached to look at it This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ‘ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers "I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"
|
||||
ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers "I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"
|
||||
ACT 7 32 tdr7 ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι 1 Moses trembled and did not dare to look This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 e19k figs-explicit ἔντρομος ... γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses trembled Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Moses trembled with fear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 33 x7cd translate-symaction λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα 1 Take off the sandals God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ ACT 7 45 m9ib ὧν ἐξῶσεν 1 drove them out "forced them to leave the
|
|||
ACT 7 46 w3cu σκήνωμα τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ 1 a dwelling place for the God of Jacob "a house for the ark where the God of Jacob could stay." David wanted a permanent place for the ark to reside in Jerusalem, not in a tent.
|
||||
ACT 7 47 a7bx 0 General Information: In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself.
|
||||
ACT 7 48 c822 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 made with hands The hand is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "made by people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 k2vn ὁ‘ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου 1 Heaven is my throne ... the earth is the footstool for my feet The prophet is comparing the greatness of God's presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet.
|
||||
ACT 7 49 k2vn ὁοὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου 1 Heaven is my throne ... the earth is the footstool for my feet The prophet is comparing the greatness of God's presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet.
|
||||
ACT 7 49 wc9m figs-rquestion ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι 1 What kind of house can you build for me? God asks this question to show how useless man's efforts are to take care of God. Alternate translation: "You can not build a house adequate enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 u1ft figs-rquestion τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου 1 what is the place for my rest? God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: "There is no place of rest good enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 50 rfk1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα 1 Did my hand not make all these things? God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: "My hand made all these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ ACT 9 35 x9yw figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸ
|
|||
ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 du3s 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter.
|
||||
ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ ... ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται," Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated as "Dorcas." Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean "gazelle." Alternate translation: "Her name in the Greek language was Dorcas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated as "Dorcas." Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean "gazelle." Alternate translation: "Her name in the Greek language was Dorcas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works "doing many good things"
|
||||
ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 It came about in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: "It came about while Peter was nearby" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες ... αὐτὴν 1 washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial.
|
||||
|
@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ ACT 11 7 i5ic figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα ... φωνῆς 1 I heard a voice
|
|||
ACT 11 8 m4mu μηδαμῶς 1 Not so "I will not do that." See how you translated this in [Acts 10:14](../10/14.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-metonymy κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 kj91 ἀκάθαρτον 1 unclean In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually "unclean" in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals.
|
||||
ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃ‘ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου 1 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου 1 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 10 xrq6 τοῦτο ... ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 This happened three times It is not likely that everything was repeated three times. This probably means that "What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled" was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say "This happened three times" instead of trying to explain in detail. See how you translated "This happened three times" in [Acts 10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 11 ias8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 11 b2qv ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
|
@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ ACT 13 23 xj5a τούτου ... ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος 1 From thi
|
|||
ACT 13 23 kc76 figs-metonymy ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 brought to Israel This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "gave to the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 23 mk5g κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 as he promised to do "just as God promised he would do"
|
||||
ACT 13 24 x892 figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 the baptism of repentance You can translate the word "repentance" as the verb "repent." Alternate translation: "the baptism to repent" or "the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τί‘ ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι 1 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: "Think about who I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τίἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι 1 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: "Think about who I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ 1 I am not the one John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: "I am not the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 nnl5 ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ 1 But listen This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.
|
||||
ACT 13 25 r1pl figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ 1 one is coming after me This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "The Messiah will soon come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1267,14 +1267,14 @@ ACT 13 33 dy6w τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν 1 for us, their children "
|
|||
ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "by making Jesus alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 33 y3tz ὡς ... ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 As it is written in the second Psalm "This is what was written in the second Psalm"
|
||||
ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ ... τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm "Psalm 2"
|
||||
ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός‘ ... γεγέννηκά σε 1 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός... γεγέννηκά σε 1 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ACT 13 34 iy5q ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν 1 The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way "God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again"
|
||||
ACT 13 34 h3nj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 13 34 q3kq τὰ ὅσια ... τὰ πιστά 1 sure blessings "certain blessings"
|
||||
ACT 13 35 r1ev figs-explicit διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει 1 This is why he also says in another Psalm Paul's audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 gl8s καὶ ... λέγει 1 he also says "David also says." David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy οὐ‘ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." Alternate translation: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 ry97 οὐ‘ δώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy οὐδώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." Alternate translation: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 ry97 οὐδώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here.
|
||||
ACT 13 36 u8vh ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ 1 in his own generation "during his lifetime"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 m5wx ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ 1 served the desires of God "did what God wanted him to do" or "did what pleased God"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 he fell asleep This was a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: "he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ ACT 13 40 kk1j 0 General Information: In his message to the people in the syn
|
|||
ACT 13 40 zx6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in [Acts 13:16](../13/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 13 40 y2kg figs-explicit βλέπετε 1 be careful It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul's message. Alternate translation: "give close attention to the things I have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 40 tt1x τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 that the thing the prophets spoke about "so that what the prophets spoke about"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 tqk5 ἴδετε‘, οἱ καταφρονηταί 1 Look, you despisers "you who feel contempt" or "you who ridicule"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 tqk5 ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί 1 Look, you despisers "you who feel contempt" or "you who ridicule"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ky3s θαυμάσατε 1 be astonished "be amazed" or "be shocked"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ilh2 καὶ ἀφανίσθητε 1 then perish "then die"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 dvn1 ἔργον ἐργάζομαι 1 am doing a work "am doing something" or "am doing a deed"
|
||||
|
@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ ACT 17 21 wr1r λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον
|
|||
ACT 17 22 zq3y 0 General Information: Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.
|
||||
ACT 17 22 ja1k κατὰ πάντα ... δεισιδαιμονεστέρους 1 very religious in every way Paul is referring to the Athenians' public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
|
||||
ACT 17 23 gn1j διερχόμενος γὰρ 1 For as I passed along "Because as I walked past" or "I walked along"
|
||||
ACT 17 23 cem7 ἀγνώστῳ‘ Θεῷ 1 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are 1) "to a certain unknown god" or 2) "to a god not known." This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
|
||||
ACT 17 23 cem7 ἀγνώστῳΘεῷ 1 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are 1) "to a certain unknown god" or 2) "to a god not known." This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 m1jm τὸν κόσμον 1 the world In the most general sense, the "world" refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος ... ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 since he is Lord "because he is the Lord." Here "he" is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 f2mz figs-merism οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς 1 of heaven and earth The words "heaven" and "earth" are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ ACT 20 35 wn8j κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τ
|
|||
ACT 20 35 p3n8 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 the weak You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: "weak persons" or "those who are weak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 dpu1 ἀσθενούντων 1 weak "sick"
|
||||
ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Here "words" refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 e396 μακάριόν‘ ἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν 1 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
|
||||
ACT 20 35 e396 μακάριόνἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν 1 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
|
||||
ACT 20 36 q6bs 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them.
|
||||
ACT 20 36 u3uc translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ ... προσηύξατο 1 he knelt down and prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 20 37 pb4r ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου 1 embraced Paul "hugged him closely" or "put their arms around him"
|
||||
|
@ -2106,7 +2106,7 @@ ACT 21 10 hx8k 0 Connecting Statement: This tells about a prophecy made about
|
|||
ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants τις ... προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 named Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 took Paul's belt "removed Paul's belt from Paul's waist"
|
||||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν‘ ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 Thus says the Holy Spirit, 'So shall the Jews in Jerusalem tie up ... of the Gentiles.' This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "'The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up ... of the Gentiles.' (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸνἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 Thus says the Holy Spirit, 'So shall the Jews in Jerusalem tie up ... of the Gentiles.' This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "'The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up ... of the Gentiles.' (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" or "some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 hand him over "deliver him"
|
||||
ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles The word "hands" here represents control. Alternate translation: "into the legal custody of the Gentiles" or "to the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ ACT 22 12 a17q 0 General Information: The words "He" and "him" refer to Anani
|
|||
ACT 22 12 h5bh translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md), you may translate it the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 z1g3 ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 devout man according to the law Ananias was very serious about following God's law.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews who lived there spoke well of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ‘, ἀδελφέ 1 Brother Saul Here "Brother" is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: "My friend Saul"
|
||||
ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ 1 Brother Saul Here "Brother" is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: "My friend Saul"
|
||||
ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-abstractnouns ἀνάβλεψον 1 receive your sight The word"sight" can be translated with the verb "see." Alternate translation: "see again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 In that very hour This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: "At that instant" or "Instantly" or "Immediately" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 14 v2i7 0 General Information: The word "he" refers to Ananias ([Acts 22:12](../22/12.md)).
|
||||
|
@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ ACT 24 19 ntg3 εἴ τι ἔχοιεν 1 if they have anything "if they have
|
|||
ACT 24 20 npt5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 20 ag5d αὐτοὶ 1 these same men This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul's trial.
|
||||
ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα ... μου 1 should say what wrong they found in me "should say the wrong thing I did that they were able to prove"
|
||||
ACT 24 21 ds1s figs-abstractnouns περὶ‘ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 It is concerning the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated as "God brings back to life." Alternate translation: "It is because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 24 21 ds1s figs-abstractnouns περὶἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 It is concerning the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated as "God brings back to life." Alternate translation: "It is because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 24 21 d2lm figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ’ ὑμῶν 1 I am on trial before you today This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 22 w1tn translate-names 0 General Information: Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 22 a87f τῆς Ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This is a title for Christianity. See how you translated this in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ ACT 25 3 qz46 ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερο
|
|||
ACT 25 3 pg8x ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 so that they could kill him along the way They were going to ambush Paul.
|
||||
ACT 25 4 p3tt figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to Festus and the Romans traveling with him, but not to his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 4 v5f9 figs-quotations Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι 1 Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea, and that he himself was going there soon. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "But Festus said, 'Paul is being held prisoner in Caesarea, and I myself will soon return there.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 5 a54h writing-quotations οἱ οὖν ... φησίν, "δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες 1 "Therefore, those who can," he said, "should go there with us The phrase "he said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Then he said, 'Therefore, those who are able to go to Caesarea should go there with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 5 a54h writing-quotations οἱ οὖν ... φησίν, δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες 1 "Therefore, those who can," he said, "should go there with us The phrase "he said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Then he said, 'Therefore, those who are able to go to Caesarea should go there with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 5 iz98 εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον 1 If there is something wrong with the man "If Paul has done something wrong"
|
||||
ACT 25 5 nei6 κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ 1 you should accuse him "you should accuse him of violating laws" or "you should bring charges against him"
|
||||
ACT 25 6 fi27 0 General Information: Here the first three times the word "he" is used as well as the word "him," the words refer to Festus. The fourth word "he" refers to Paul. The word "they" refers to the Jews who came from Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ ACT 25 20 y9bv figs-idiom κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων
|
|||
ACT 25 21 yli3 0 Connecting Statement: Festus finishes explaining Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν 1 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν 1 I ordered him to be held in custody This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody" or "I told the soldiers to guard him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations αὔριον”, φησίν," ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ 1 "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him." The phrase "Festus said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Festus said, 'I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ 1 "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him." The phrase "Festus said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Festus said, 'I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 23 y1yj 0 General Information: Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 23 qlm5 0 Connecting Statement: Festus again gives information about Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 23 yw76 μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας 1 with much ceremony "with a great ceremony to honor them"
|
||||
|
@ -2531,7 +2531,7 @@ ACT 26 12 us8d ἐν οἷς 1 While I was doing this Paul uses this phrase t
|
|||
ACT 26 12 h3ic ἐν οἷς 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. In this case, Paul went to Damascus during the time when he persecuted Christians.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 ajp6 μετ’ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς 1 with authority and orders Paul had written letters from the Jewish leaders, granting him authority to persecute the Jewish believers.
|
||||
ACT 26 14 sip5 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με 1 I heard a voice speaking to me that said Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "I heard someone speaking to me who said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 14 du3t Σαοὺλ‘, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις 1 Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: "Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me." or "Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
ACT 26 14 du3t Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις 1 Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: "Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me." or "Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
ACT 26 14 zsi2 figs-metaphor σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 It is hard for you to kick a goad For Paul to resist Jesus and to persecute believers is spoken of as if he were an ox kicking at the sharp stick that a person uses to prod (or "goad") the animal. It means that Paul is only harming himself. Alternate translation: "You will only harm yourself like an ox kicking a goad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 15 h2ws 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa. In these verses he continues quoting his conversation with the Lord.
|
||||
ACT 26 18 fk1k figs-metaphor ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν 1 to open their eyes Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@ ACT 28 25 t5dq 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewi
|
|||
ACT 28 25 i5xz 0 Connecting Statement: As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time.
|
||||
ACT 28 25 n7pm figs-metonymy εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἓν 1 after Paul had spoken this one word Here "word" stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: "after Paul had said one more thing" or "after Paul had made this statement" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 25 b11n figs-quotesinquotes καλῶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 1 The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, πορεύθητι‘ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον ... εἰπόν," ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 He said, 'Go to this people and say, "By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "The Holy Spirit spoke" in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, πορεύθητιπρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον ... εἰπόν, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 He said, 'Go to this people and say, "By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "The Holy Spirit spoke" in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 pax8 ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετ ... βλέποντες βλέψετε 1 By hearing you will hear ... and seeing you will see The words "hear" and "see" are repeated for emphasis. "You will listen carefully ... and you will look intently"
|
||||
ACT 28 26 s1ti figs-parallelism καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; ... καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 but not understand ... but will not perceive Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God's plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 fz42 0 General Information: Translate Paul's quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in [Acts 28:25-26](./25.md).
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 first Here "first" means coming before all
|
|||
ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ ... ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it Here "it" refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη ... Θεοῦ ... ἀποκαλύπτεται, ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 God's righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 igg9 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as someone has written in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit ὁ ... δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται.” 1 The righteous will live by faith Here "righteous" refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: "It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit ὁ ... δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. 1 The righteous will live by faith Here "righteous" refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: "It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 gqv3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reveals God's great anger against sinful man.
|
||||
ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For God shows how angry he is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 c69s γὰρ 1 For Paul uses the word "for" to show he is about to tell why people know that what he has said in [Romans 1:17](../01/17.md) is true.
|
||||
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "We must never say that G
|
|||
ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: "We all know that God will in fact judge the world!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "anyone in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι “ ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Why not say ... come"? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: "I might as well be saying ... come!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Why not say ... come"? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: "I might as well be saying ... come!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say "some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying"
|
||||
ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching.
|
||||
ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God.
|
||||
|
@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ
|
|||
ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he was strengthened in faith You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he became stronger in his faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 21 y2sh καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς 1 He was fully convinced "Abraham was completely sure"
|
||||
ROM 4 21 sbu3 δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι 1 he was also able to accomplish "God was able to do"
|
||||
ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ "ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore God counted Abraham's belief as righteousness" or "Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore God counted Abraham's belief as righteousness" or "Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was "Now" is used here to connect Abraham's being made right by faith to present-day believer's being made right by faith in Christ's death and resurrection.
|
||||
ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his benefit "for Abraham only"
|
||||
ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted for him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that God counted righteousness to him" or "God considered him righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διω
|
|||
ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul uses this question to emphasize that even these things cannot separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: "Even tribulation, distress, persecution, hunger, nakedness, danger, and sword cannot separate us from the love of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verb phrases. Here "sword" is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: "Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι "ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here "your" is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: "For you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here "your" is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: "For you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-inclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here "we" refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase "all day long" is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "our enemies continually seek to kill us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors "we have complete victory"
|
||||
|
@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ ROM 9 11 eez1 μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were
|
|||
ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 had not yet done anything good or bad "not because of anything they had done"
|
||||
ROM 9 12 ze3m 0 Connecting Statement: It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: "our father Isaac,it was said to her, 'The older will serve the younger.' Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just"
|
||||
ROM 9 12 d6mr ἐκ τοῦ 1 because of him because of God
|
||||
ROM 9 12 wv7n ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι" ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, "The older will serve the younger." "God said to Rebecca, 'The older son will serve the younger son'"
|
||||
ROM 9 12 wv7n ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, "The older will serve the younger." "God said to Rebecca, 'The older son will serve the younger son'"
|
||||
ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-hyperbole τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The word "hated" is an exaggeration. God loved Jacob much more than he loved Esau. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 9 14 m8xk figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What then will we say? Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 14 s1hm μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "That is not possible!" or "Certainly not!" This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here.
|
||||
|
@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me P
|
|||
ROM 9 19 bbe4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν 1 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: "He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται ... αὐτοῦ 1 he ... his The words "he" and "his" here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ ... βουλήματι αὐτοῦ ... ἀνθέστηκεν 1 has ... withstood his will "has ... stopped him from doing what he wanted to do"
|
||||
ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, “ τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, "Why ... way?" Paul uses the potter's right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator's right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. This can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, 'Why ... way?'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, "Why ... way?" Paul uses the potter's right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator's right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. This can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, 'Why ... way?'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way? This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You should not have made me this way!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 Does the potter not have the right ... for daily use? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: "The potter certainlly has the right ... for daily use." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: "people who deserve wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here "called" means God has appointed
|
|||
ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israel's unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea.
|
||||
ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here "he" refers to God. Alternate translation: "As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea Hosea was a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν‘ μου’, λαόν‘ μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people "I will choose for my people those who were not my people"
|
||||
ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου’, λαόν μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people "I will choose for my people those who were not my people"
|
||||
ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here "her" refers to Hosea's wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word "living" may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: "children of the true God"
|
||||
ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out "calls out"
|
||||
|
@ -692,13 +692,13 @@ ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετά
|
|||
ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law "For Christ completely fulfilled the law"
|
||||
ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here "believes" means "trusts." Alternate translation: "in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-personification τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul speaks of "righteousness" as if it were alive and able to move. Alternate translation: "how the law makes a person right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι "ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: "The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: "The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live The words "will live" can refer to 1) eternal life or 2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
|
||||
ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here "righteousness" is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: "But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "Do not say to yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς‘ ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, "Do not say" requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one is able to go up to heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, "Do not say" requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one is able to go up to heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down "in order that they might have Christ come down to earth"
|
||||
ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς‘ καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, "Do not say" requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, "Do not say" requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be brought up from among them is to become alive again.
|
||||
ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead This word speaks of physical death.
|
||||
ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει 1 But what does it say? The word "it" refers to "the righteousness" of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes "righteousness" as a person who can speak. Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. Alternate translation: "But this is what Moses says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστι
|
|||
ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is ... in your mouth The word "mouth" is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: "You know how to speak ... God's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ... ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is ... in your heart The phrase "in your heart" is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: "You know what ... God's message means" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith "God's message that tells us that we must believe in him"
|
||||
ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου," Κύριον Ἰησοῦν” 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord "if you confess that Jesus is Lord"
|
||||
ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord "if you confess that Jesus is Lord"
|
||||
ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner person. Alternate translation: "believe in your mind" or "truly believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." Alternate translation: "caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will save you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -716,12 +716,12 @@ ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scr
|
|||
ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: "Everyone who does not believe will be shamed." The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will honor everyone who believes in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here "he is rich" means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "he richly blesses all who trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς” γὰρ "ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word "name" is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word "name" is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word "they" refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: "Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς ... πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: "And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!" or "And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true.
|
||||
ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς ... ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος 1 How can they hear without a preacher? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: "And they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά!” 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses "feet" to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: "It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses "feet" to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: "It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here "they" refers to the Jews. "not all of the Jews obeyed"
|
||||
ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "Lord, so many of them do not believe our message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, "our" refers to God and Isaiah.
|
||||
|
@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ ... ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 he
|
|||
ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, "Did they not hear?" Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word "their" refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God's power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: "As the Scriptures record, 'The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God's power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Moreover, I say, "Did Israel not know?" Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word "Israel" is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, “ ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ... παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς.” 1 First Moses says, "I will provoke you ... I will stir you up This means that Moses wrote down what God said. "I" refers to God, and "you" refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: "First Moses says that God will provoke you ... God will stir you up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ... παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 First Moses says, "I will provoke you ... I will stir you up This means that Moses wrote down what God said. "I" refers to God, and "you" refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: "First Moses says that God will provoke you ... God will stir you up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation "by those you do not consider to be a real nation" or "by people who do not belong to any nation"
|
||||
ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here "without understanding" means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: "By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger "I will make you angry" or "I will cause you to become angry"
|
||||
|
@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ ROM 11 4 c9tc translate-numbers ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 s
|
|||
ROM 11 5 ce2r λῖμμα 1 remnant Here this means a small part of people whom God chose to receive his grace.
|
||||
ROM 11 6 q6es figs-explicit εἰ δὲ χάριτι 1 But if it is by grace Paul continues to explain how God's mercy works. Alternate translation: "But since God's mercy works by grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 7 k94b figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 What then? "What should we conclude?" Paul asks this question to move his reader to his next point. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "This is what we need to remember" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 uc8g figs-metaphor ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως”," ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear This is a metaphor about the fact that the people are spiritually dull. They are not able to hear or receive spiritual truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 uc8g figs-metaphor ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear This is a metaphor about the fact that the people are spiritually dull. They are not able to hear or receive spiritual truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 z47a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 spirit of dullness Here this means "having the characteristics of," such as the "spirit of wisdom."
|
||||
ROM 11 8 zyk1 ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 1 eyes so that they should not see The concept of seeing with one's eyes was considered to be equivalent to gaining understanding.
|
||||
ROM 11 8 ny8w ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear The concept of hearing with the ears was considered to be equivalent to obedience.
|
||||
|
@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ ROM 11 30 g3cn figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you This refers to Gentile believers, and
|
|||
ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ... ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: "God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here "wisdom" and "knowledge" mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: "How amazing are the many benefits of both God's wisdom and knowledge!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering "We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us"
|
||||
ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς” γὰρ "ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here "mind" is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: "all that the Lord knows" or "what the Lord thinks about" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?" Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) * **For from him ... through him ... to him** - Here, all occurrences of "him" refers to God.
|
||||
ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-explicit αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever This expresses Paul's desire for all people to honor God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "May all people honor him forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to
|
|||
ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For someone has written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: "I will certainly avenge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ... πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ... σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy ... feed him ... give him a drink ... if you do this, you will heap All forms of "you" and "your" are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 q7dq “ ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ.” 1 But if your enemy is hungry ... his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: "But the Scripture also says, 'If your enemy is hungry ... his head'"
|
||||
ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry ... his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: "But the Scripture also says, 'If your enemy is hungry ... his head'"
|
||||
ROM 12 20 e49j ψώμιζε αὐτόν 1 feed him "give him some food"
|
||||
ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. Possible meanings are 1) "make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you" or 2) "give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes "evil" as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1304.
|
|
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 2 14 hq3u ψυχικὸς ... ἄνθρωπος 1 unspiritual person the non-Christian person, who has not received the Holy Spirit
|
||||
1CO 2 14 gwe3 ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται 1 because they are spiritually discerned "because understanding these things requires the aid of the Spirit"
|
||||
1CO 2 15 w4q7 ὁ ... πνευματικὸς 1 the one who is spiritual "The believer who has received the Spirit"
|
||||
1CO 2 16 m4pu figs-rquestion “τίς” γὰρ “ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ὃς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν?” 1 For who can know the mind of the Lord, that he can instruct him? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows the mind of the Lord. No one is as wise as the Lord. Alternate translation: "No one can know the mind of the Lord, so no one can teach him anything he does not already know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 2 16 m4pu figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ὃς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν? 1 For who can know the mind of the Lord, that he can instruct him? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows the mind of the Lord. No one is as wise as the Lord. Alternate translation: "No one can know the mind of the Lord, so no one can teach him anything he does not already know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 3 intro g6ku 0 # 1 Corinthians 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verses 19 and 20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fleshly people<br>The Corinthian believers were immature because of their unrighteous actions. He calls them "fleshly," meaning acting as nonbelievers. This term is used in opposition to those who are "spiritual." Christians following their "flesh" are acting foolishly. They are following the wisdom of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. Paul uses "babies" and "milk" to illustrate spiritual immaturity. He uses the metaphors of planting and watering to describe the roles he and Apollos played in growing the church in Corinth. Paul uses other metaphors to help teach spiritual truths to the Corinthians and to help them to understand his teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 1 a43d 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now reminds the Corinthian believers of how they are actually living instead of behaving as their position before God is. He then reminds them that the person who teaches them is not as important as God who gives their growth.
|
||||
1CO 3 1 r4iw ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
@ -653,9 +653,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 15 r11f προσεύξομαι τῷ Πνεύματι ... προσεύξομαι ... τῷ νοΐ ... ψαλῶ τῷ Πνεύματι ... ψαλῶ ... τῷ νοΐ 1 pray with my spirit ... pray with my mind ... sing with my spirit ... sing with my mind Prayers and songs must be in a language that the people present can understand.
|
||||
1CO 14 15 fi2f τῷ νοΐ 1 with my mind "with words that I understand"
|
||||
1CO 14 16 niu5 figs-you εὐλογῇς ... τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ ... λέγεις 1 you praise God ... you are giving thanks ... you are saying Though "you" is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 r4w5 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐρεῖ, τὸ “ἀμήν” ... οὐκ οἶδεν? 1 how will the outsider say "Amen" ... saying? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "the outsider will never be able to say 'Amen' ... saying." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 r4w5 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν ... οὐκ οἶδεν? 1 how will the outsider say "Amen" ... saying? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "the outsider will never be able to say 'Amen' ... saying." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 j3e3 τοῦ ἰδιώτου 1 the ungifted Possible meanings are 1) "another person" or 2) "people who are new to your group."
|
||||
1CO 14 16 ev63 figs-synecdoche ἐρεῖ, τὸ “ ἀμήν” 1 say "Amen” "be able to agree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 ev63 figs-synecdoche ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν 1 say "Amen” "be able to agree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 a7wr figs-you σὺ μὲν ... εὐχαριστεῖς 1 you certainly give Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word "you" here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 w25k figs-metaphor ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 the other person is not built up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated "builds up" in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: "the other person is not strengthened" or "what you say does not strengthen any outsider who might hear you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 19 cbw8 translate-numbers ἢ μυρίους λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ 1 than ten thousand words in a tongue Paul was not counting words, but used exaggeration to emphasize that a few understandable words are far more valuable than even a great number of words in a language that people cannot understand. Alternate translation: "10,000 words" or "a great many words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 33 q7uc φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί 1 Bad company corrupts good morals If you live with bad people, you will act like them. Paul is quoting a common saying.
|
||||
1CO 15 34 gr3v ἐκνήψατε 1 Sober up "You must think seriously about this"
|
||||
1CO 15 35 w4hk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some specifics about how the resurrection of the believers' bodies will take place. He gives a picture of natural and spiritual bodies and compares the first man Adam with the last Adam, Christ.
|
||||
1CO 15 35 hw4a figs-rquestion ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, “πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί?” ποίῳ δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται? 1 But someone will say, "How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come?" Possible meanings are 1) The person is asking sincerely or 2) the person is using the question to mock the idea of a resurrection. Alternate translation: "But some will say that they cannot imagine how God will raise the dead, and what kind of body God would give them in the resurrection." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 35 hw4a figs-rquestion ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί? ποίῳ δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται? 1 But someone will say, "How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come?" Possible meanings are 1) The person is asking sincerely or 2) the person is using the question to mock the idea of a resurrection. Alternate translation: "But some will say that they cannot imagine how God will raise the dead, and what kind of body God would give them in the resurrection." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 35 ty4t ἐρεῖ τις 1 someone will say "someone will ask"
|
||||
1CO 15 35 e5lv ποίῳ ... σώματι ἔρχονται 1 with what kind of body will they come That is, will it be a physical body or a spiritual body? What shape will the body have? What will the body be made of? Translate using the most general question that someone who wants to know the answers to these questions would ask.
|
||||
1CO 15 36 ha84 figs-you ἄφρων! σὺ ὃ σπείρεις 1 You are so foolish! What you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so both instances of "you" here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1901.
|
|
@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing "you might benefit from me visiting you twice"
|
||||
2CO 1 16 mp6u ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 to be sent on my way to Judea by you "assist me on my way to Judea"
|
||||
2CO 1 17 zms7 figs-rquestion μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην? 1 I did not then take it lightly, did I? Paul uses this question to emphasize he was sure about his decision to visit the Corinthians. The expected answer to the question is no. Alternate translation: "I was not hesitating." or "I was confident in my decision." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ “ναὶ, ναὶ”, καὶ τὸ “οὒ, οὔ?” 1 Do I plan things according to human standards ... at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. Alternate translation: "I do not plan things according to human standards ... at the same time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 1 17 y41z figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ “ναὶ, ναὶ”, καὶ τὸ “οὒ, οὔ?” 1 Do I plan things ... so that I say "Yes, yes" and "No, no" at the same time? This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. The words "yes" and "no" are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "I do not plan things ... so that I say 'Yes, I will certainly visit' and 'No, I will definitely not visit' at the same time!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός ... οὐκ ἐγένετο “ναὶ” καὶ “οὒ”, ἀλλὰ “ναὶ” ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God ... is not "Yes" and "No." Instead, he is always "Yes." Jesus says "Yes" concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: "For the Son of God ... does not say 'Yes' and 'No' concerning God's promises. Instead, he always says 'Yes.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards ... at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. Alternate translation: "I do not plan things according to human standards ... at the same time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 1 17 y41z figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things ... so that I say "Yes, yes" and "No, no" at the same time? This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. The words "yes" and "no" are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "I do not plan things ... so that I say 'Yes, I will certainly visit' and 'No, I will definitely not visit' at the same time!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός ... οὐκ ἐγένετο ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God ... is not "Yes" and "No." Instead, he is always "Yes." Jesus says "Yes" concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: "For the Son of God ... does not say 'Yes' and 'No' concerning God's promises. Instead, he always says 'Yes.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 1 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ... Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι ... ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ “ναί” 1 all the promises of God are "Yes" in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of God's promises. Alternate translation: "all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ “ναί” ... δι’ αὐτοῦ ... δι’ ἡμῶν 1 "Yes" in him ... through him we say The word "him" refers to Jesus Christ.
|
||||
2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι ... ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are "Yes" in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of God's promises. Alternate translation: "all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί ... δι’ αὐτοῦ ... δι’ ἡμῶν 1 "Yes" in him ... through him we say The word "him" refers to Jesus Christ.
|
||||
2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν ... Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you Possible meanings are 1) "God who confirms our relationship with each other because we are in Christ" or 2) "God who confirms both our and your relationship with Christ."
|
||||
2CO 1 21 tjc6 χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us Possible meanings are 1) "he sent us to preach the gospel" or 2) "he chose us to be his people."
|
||||
2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: "he has put his mark of ownership on us" or "he has shown that we belong to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 6 15 z9iv figs-rquestion ἢ τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου? 1 Or what share does a believer have together with an unbeliever? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: "A believer shares nothing in common with an unbeliever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 6 16 y99x figs-rquestion τίς δὲ συνκατάθεσις ναῷ Θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων? 1 And what agreement is there between the temple of God and idols? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: "There is no agreement between the temple of God and idols" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 6 16 s3l8 figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος 1 we are the temple of the living God Paul refers to all Christians as forming a temple for God to dwell in. Alternate translation: "we are like a temple where the living God dwells" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism “ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς”, καὶ “ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation speaks of God being with the people in two different ways. The words "dwell among" speak of living where others live, while the words "walk among" speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: "I will be with them and help them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation speaks of God being with the people in two different ways. The words "dwell among" speak of living where others live, while the words "walk among" speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: "I will be with them and help them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 17 fe1z 0 General Information: Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
|
||||
2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "set yourselves apart" or "allow me to set you apart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 17 c8jq figs-doublenegatives ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε 1 Touch no unclean thing This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "Touch only things that are clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1751.
|
|
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ GAL 3 24 ln1s παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian More than simply "one who gives
|
|||
GAL 3 24 m7jy εἰς Χριστόν 1 until Christ came "until the time when Christ came"
|
||||
GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ... δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God would declare us to be righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 27 v6n1 ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ "For all of you who were baptized into Christ"
|
||||
GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ... ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Possible meanings are 1) this is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: "have become united with Christ" or "belong to Christ" or 2) this is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: "have become like Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ... ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Possible meanings are 1) this is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: "have become united with Christ" or "belong to Christ" or 2) this is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: "have become like Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 28 tyb8 οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female "God sees no difference between Jew and Greek, slave and free, male and female"
|
||||
GAL 3 29 qp4z figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 intro h6gw 0 # Galatians 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 27, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sonship<br>Sonship is a complex issue. Scholars have many views on Israel's sonship. Paul uses sonship to teach how being under the law differs from being free in Christ. Not all of Abraham's physical descendants inherited God's promises to him. Only his descendants through Isaac and Jacob inherited the promises. And God only adopts into his family those who follow Abraham spiritually through faith. They are children of God with an inheritance. Paul calls them "children of promise." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br>"Abba" is an Aramaic word. In ancient Israel, people used it to informally refer to their fathers. Paul "transliterates" its sounds by writing them with Greek letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
|
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ GAL 4 8 s4ic 0 General Information: He continues to rebuke the Galatians by as
|
|||
GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God's laws rather than living by faith.
|
||||
GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are "those things that are" or "those spirits who are"
|
||||
GAL 4 9 ghx1 figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 you are known by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God knows you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 how is it that you are turning back to ... principles? Here "turning back to" is a metaphor for starting to pay attention to something again. This is the first of two rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: "you should not start paying attention to the weak and worthless elemental principles." or "you should not be concerned with the weak and worthless elemental principles." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 how is it that you are turning back to ... principles? Here "turning back to" is a metaphor for starting to pay attention to something again. This is the first of two rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: "you should not start paying attention to the weak and worthless elemental principles." or "you should not be concerned with the weak and worthless elemental principles." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this question to rebuke the people for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. Alternate translation: "It seems that you want to be slaves again." or "You behave as though you wanted to be like slaves again."(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here being "enslaved" is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules or customs. Alternate translation: "Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave has to obey his master?" or "It seems that you want to be controlled all over again!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh This r
|
|||
GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 according to the Spirit "because of something the Spirit did"
|
||||
GAL 4 31 sy8u ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 31 y3c2 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 but of the free woman The words "we are children" are understood from the previous phrase. This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "Rather, we are children of the free woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase "the fruit of the Spirit" is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### "You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace."<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase "the fruit of the Spirit" is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### "You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace."<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory by reminding the believers to use their liberty in Christ because all the law is fulfilled in loving neighbors as ourselves.
|
||||
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free "It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free." It is implied that Christ sets believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free" or "Christ has set us free so that we might live as free poeple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 j679 figs-metaphor στήκετε 1 Stand firm Standing firm here represents being determined not to change. How they are not to change can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Do not give in to the arguments of people who teach something else" or "Be determined to stay free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ GAL 5 2 bg6b figs-metonymy ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε 1 if you let yourse
|
|||
GAL 5 3 h4q5 μαρτύρομαι δὲ 1 I testify "I declare" or "I serve as a witness"
|
||||
GAL 5 3 s1af figs-metonymy παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ περιτεμνομένῳ 1 to every man who lets himself be circumcised Paul is using circumcision as a metonym for being Jewish. Alternate translation: "to every person who has become a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 3 j88p ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν ... ποιῆσαι 1 he is obligated to obey "he must obey"
|
||||
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You are cut off from Christ Here "cut off" is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: "You have ended your relationship with Christ" or "You are no longer united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You are cut off from Christ Here "cut off" is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: "You have ended your relationship with Christ" or "You are no longer united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 ipf7 figs-irony οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 you who would be justified by the law Paul is speaking ironically here. He actually teaches that no one can be justified by trying to do the deeds required by the law. Alternate translation: "all you who think you can be justified by doing the deeds required by the law" or "you who want to be justified by the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 k6xe figs-explicit τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε 1 you no longer experience grace Who that grace comes from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "God will not be gracious to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον το
|
|||
GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves Possible meanings are 1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs or 2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 v6vs figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς ... ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom This can be expressed in an active form. Alternate translation: "Christ has called you to freedom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ... ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "You were called to freedom from the old covenant" or "Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ... ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "You were called to freedom from the old covenant" or "Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 yp6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The relationship between the opportunity and the sinful nature can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: "an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ ... πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command Possible meanings are 1) "you can state the whole law in just one commandment, which is this" or 2) "by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this."
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 2649.
|
|
@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πα
|
|||
EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us "for God has blessed us"
|
||||
EPH 1 3 m8qh πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ 1 every spiritual blessing "every blessing coming from the Spirit of God"
|
||||
EPH 1 3 j2lk ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places "in the supernatural world." The word "heavenly" refers to the place where God is.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 in Christ Possible meanings 1) the phrase "in Christ" refers to what Christ has done. Alternate translation: "through Christ" or "through what Christ has done" or 2) "in Christ" is a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: "by uniting us with Christ" or "because we are united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 in Christ Possible meanings 1) the phrase "in Christ" refers to what Christ has done. Alternate translation: "through Christ" or "through what Christ has done" or 2) "in Christ" is a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: "by uniting us with Christ" or "because we are united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blameless Paul uses two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 1 5 fp7l 0 General Information: The words "his," "He," and "he" refer to God.
|
||||
EPH 1 5 h7pn figs-inclusive προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 God chose us beforehand for adoption The word "us" refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: "God planned long ago to adopt us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ EPH 2 16 zz8k ἀποκαταλλάξῃ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους 1 Chri
|
|||
EPH 2 16 bj8x figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 through the cross The cross here represents Christ's death on the cross. Alternate translation: "by means of Christ's death on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 16 lq3m figs-metaphor ἀποκτείνας τὴν ἔχθραν 1 putting to death the hostility Stopping their hostility is spoken of as if he killed their hostility. By dying on the cross Jesus eliminated the reason for Jews and Gentiles to be hostile toward each other. Neither are now required to live according to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "stopping them from hating one another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 17 vhi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the Ephesian believers that present Gentile believers are also now made one with the Jewish apostles and prophets; they are a temple for God in the Spirit.
|
||||
EPH 2 17 g1hz εὐηγγελίσατο "εἰρήνην 1 proclaimed peace "announced the gospel of peace" or "declared the gospel of peace"
|
||||
EPH 2 17 g1hz εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην 1 proclaimed peace "announced the gospel of peace" or "declared the gospel of peace"
|
||||
EPH 2 17 wdu8 ὑμῖν τοῖς μακρὰν 1 you who were far away This refers to the Gentiles or non-Jews.
|
||||
EPH 2 17 a58n τοῖς ἐγγύς 1 those who were near This refers to the Jews.
|
||||
EPH 2 18 qw56 figs-inclusive ὅτι δι’ αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν, οἱ ἀμφότεροι 1 For through Jesus we both have access Here "we both" refers to Paul, the believing Jews, and the believing non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ EPH 4 31 v576 figs-metaphor πᾶσα πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ
|
|||
EPH 4 31 t1gj θυμὸς 1 rage intense anger
|
||||
EPH 4 32 ygw4 γίνεσθε … χρηστοί 1 Be kind "Instead, be kind"
|
||||
EPH 4 32 w7tk εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others
|
||||
EPH 5 intro tdd2 0 # Ephesians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ<br>This is difficult to understand. Some scholars believe those who continue to practice these things will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. So immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. A more natural reading is "No person who is sexually immoral or indecent, or who is greedy (for this is the same as worshiping idols) will be among God's people over whom Christ rules as king." (UST) (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wives, submit to your husbands<br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br>
|
||||
EPH 5 intro tdd2 0 # Ephesians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ<br>This is difficult to understand. Some scholars believe those who continue to practice these things will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. So immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. A more natural reading is "No person who is sexually immoral or indecent, or who is greedy (for this is the same as worshiping idols) will be among God's people over whom Christ rules as king." (UST) (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wives, submit to your husbands<br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br>
|
||||
EPH 5 1 wus5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how they should and should not live as God's children.
|
||||
EPH 5 1 jx2q γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore be imitators of God "Therefore you should do what God does." Therefore refers back to [Ephesians 4:32](../04/32.md) which tells why believers should imitate God, because Christ forgave believers.
|
||||
EPH 5 1 zen5 figs-simile ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά 1 as dearly loved children God desires us to imitate or follow him since we are his children. Alternate translation: "as dearly loved children imitate their fathers" or "because you are his children and he loves you dearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -315,10 +315,10 @@ EPH 6 14 r5m7 figs-metaphor στῆτε οὖν 1 Stand, therefore The words "st
|
|||
EPH 6 14 lbd4 figs-metaphor τὴν ὀσφὺν ὑμῶν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the belt of truth Truth holds everything together for a believer just as a belt holds the clothing of a soldier together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 14 zt21 ἀληθείᾳ ... δικαιοσύνης 1 truth ... righteousness We are to know the truth and act in ways that please God.
|
||||
EPH 6 14 ij1q figs-metaphor τὸν θώρακα τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the breastplate of righteousness Possible meanings are 1) the gift of righteousness covers a believer's heart just as a breastplate protects the chest of a soldier or 2) our living as God wants us, gives us a clear conscience that protects our hearts the way a breastplate protects a soldier's chest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 15 f6w1 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑποδησάμενοι τοὺς "πόδας ἐν ἑτοιμασίᾳ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς εἰρήνης 1 Then as shoes for your feet, put on the readiness to proclaim the gospel of peace Just as a soldier wears shoes to give him solid footing, the believer must have solid knowledge of the gospel of peace in order to be ready to proclaim it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 15 f6w1 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑποδησάμενοι τοὺς πόδας ἐν ἑτοιμασίᾳ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς εἰρήνης 1 Then as shoes for your feet, put on the readiness to proclaim the gospel of peace Just as a soldier wears shoes to give him solid footing, the believer must have solid knowledge of the gospel of peace in order to be ready to proclaim it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 16 n65c figs-metaphor ἐν πᾶσιν ἀναλαβόντες τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως 1 In all circumstances take up the shield of faith The believer must use the faith that God gives for protection when the devil attacks, just as a soldier uses a shield to protect him from enemy attacks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 16 djl5 figs-metaphor τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ πεπυρωμένα 1 the flaming arrows of the evil one The attacks of the devil against a believer are like flaming arrows shot at a soldier by an enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 17 g2kw figs-metaphor "τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου" δέξασθε 1 take the helmet of salvation Salvation given by God protects the believer's mind just as a helmet protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 17 g2kw figs-metaphor τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε 1 take the helmet of salvation Salvation given by God protects the believer's mind just as a helmet protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 17 c191 figs-metaphor τὴν ... μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God The writer speaks of God's instructions to his people as if they were a sword that his people could use to fight an enemy, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 18 mu4w διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως, προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit "Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests"
|
||||
EPH 6 18 g1i7 εἰς αὐτὸ 1 To this end "For this reason" or "Keeping this in mind." This refers to the attitude of taking God's armor.
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1737.
|
|
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ COL 4 14 hq1k Δημᾶς 1 Demas This is another co-worker with Paul.
|
|||
COL 4 15 sc5g τοὺς ... ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
COL 4 15 zkp3 ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ 1 in Laodicea a city very close to Colossae where there was also a church
|
||||
COL 4 15 wyk3 Νύμφαν, καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῆς ἐκκλησίαν 1 Nympha, and the church that is in her house A woman named Nympha hosted a house church. Alternate translation: "Nympha and the group of believers that meets in her house"
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-you εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ, "βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς." 1 Say to Archippus, "Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, that you should fulfill it Paul reminds Archippus of the task God had given him and that he, Archippus, was under obligation to the Lord to fulfill it. The words "Look," "you have received," and "you should fulfill" all refer to Archippus and should be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-you εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ, βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς. 1 Say to Archippus, "Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, that you should fulfill it Paul reminds Archippus of the task God had given him and that he, Archippus, was under obligation to the Lord to fulfill it. The words "Look," "you have received," and "you should fulfill" all refer to Archippus and should be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 an7s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter with a greeting written in his own handwriting.
|
||||
COL 4 18 h3kx figs-metonymy μνημονεύετέ μου τῶν δεσμῶν 1 Remember my chains Paul speaks of chains when he means his imprisonment. Alternate translation: "Remember me and pray for me while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 w2vm figs-metonymy ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 May grace be with you Here "grace" stands for God, who shows grace or acts kindly to believers. Alternate translation: "I pray that our Lord Jesus Christ would continue to act graciously toward you all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1928.
|
|
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 4 7 th4i βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους 1 worldly stories loved by old women "profane stories and old wives' tales." The word for "stories" is the same as for "myths" in [1 Timothy 1:4](../01/04.md), so you should translate it the same here.
|
||||
1TI 4 7 elk7 figs-metaphor καὶ γραώδεις 1 loved by old women This is probably an expression that means "silly" or "absurd." Paul is not purposely insulting women in his reference to "old women." Instead, he and his audience knew that men die younger than women, so there are more women than men whose minds have become feeble due to old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 7 sea5 γύμναζε ... σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν 1 train yourself in godliness "train yourself to honor God" or "train yourself to act in ways that please God"
|
||||
1TI 4 8 i6rh γὰρ “ σωματικὴ γυμνασία 1 bodily training "physical exercise"
|
||||
1TI 4 8 i6rh γὰρ σωματικὴ γυμνασία 1 bodily training "physical exercise"
|
||||
1TI 4 8 df19 ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχουσα ζωῆς 1 holds promise for this life "is beneficial to this life"
|
||||
1TI 4 9 hc1t πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 worthy of full acceptance "worthy of your complete belief" or "worthy of your full trust"
|
||||
1TI 4 10 l2yl εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ 1 For it is for this "This is the reason"
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1686.
|
|
@ -10,15 +10,15 @@ HEB 1 2 gqj8 δι’ οὗ καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς αἰῶνας;
|
|||
HEB 1 3 hn4q ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης 1 the brightness of God's glory "the light of his glory." God's glory is associated with a very bright light. The author is saying that the Son embodies that light and fully represents God's glory.
|
||||
HEB 1 3 b7jc τῆς δόξης, χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 glory, the exact representation of his being "glory, the image of God's being." The "the exact representation of his being" is similar in meaning to "the brightness of God's glory." The Son embodies the character and essence of God and fully represents everything that God is. Alternate translation: "glory and is just like God" or "glory, and what is true about God is true about the Son"
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ms8z figs-metonymy τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the word of his power "his powerful word." Here "word" refers to a message or command. Alternate translation: "his powerful command" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 l1pg figs-abstractnouns καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν "ποιησάμενος 1 After he had made cleansing for sins The abstract noun "cleansing" can be expressed as a verb: "making clean." Alternate translation: "After he had finished making us clean from sins" or "After he had finished purifying us from our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 f729 figs-metaphor καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν "ποιησάμενος 1 he had made cleansing for sins The author speaks of forgiving sins as if it were making a person clean. Alternate translation: "he had made it possible for God to forgive our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 xij7 translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ" τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 he sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "he sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the Majesty on high" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ir7x figs-metonymy δεξιᾷ" τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 the Majesty on high Here "Majesty" refers to God. Alternate translation: "God Most High" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 l1pg figs-abstractnouns καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος 1 After he had made cleansing for sins The abstract noun "cleansing" can be expressed as a verb: "making clean." Alternate translation: "After he had finished making us clean from sins" or "After he had finished purifying us from our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 f729 figs-metaphor καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος 1 he had made cleansing for sins The author speaks of forgiving sins as if it were making a person clean. Alternate translation: "he had made it possible for God to forgive our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 xij7 translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 he sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "he sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the Majesty on high" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ir7x figs-metonymy δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 the Majesty on high Here "Majesty" refers to God. Alternate translation: "God Most High" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 mn1p 0 General Information: The first prophetic quotation (You are my son) comes from the Psalms. The prophet Samuel wrote the second one (I will be a father to him). All occurrences of "he" refer to Jesus, the Son. The word "You" refers to Jesus, and the words "I" and "me" refer to God the Father.
|
||||
HEB 1 4 x4bh γενόμενος 1 He has become "The Son has become"
|
||||
HEB 1 4 fzg3 figs-metonymy ὅσῳ διαφορώτερον παρ’ αὐτοὺς, κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα 1 as the name he has inherited is more excellent than their name Here "name" refers to honor and authority. Alternate translation: "as the honor and authority he has inherited is superior to their honor and authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 qt7q figs-metaphor κεκληρονόμηκεν 1 he has inherited The author speaks of receiving honor and authority as if he were inheriting wealth and property from his father. Alternate translation: "he has received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 ww5h figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, “Υἱός μου εἶ σύ ... μοι εἰς Υἱόν?” 1 For to which of the angels did God ever say, "You are my son ... a son to me"? This question emphasizes that God does not call any angel his son. Alternate translation: "For God never said to any of the angels 'You are my son ... a son to me.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 ww5h figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ ... μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 For to which of the angels did God ever say, "You are my son ... a son to me"? This question emphasizes that God does not call any angel his son. Alternate translation: "For God never said to any of the angels 'You are my son ... a son to me.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 t48e figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ ... ἐγὼ ... γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my son ... I have become your father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
HEB 1 6 b6dy 0 General Information: The first quotation in this section, "All God's angels ... him," comes from one of the books that Moses wrote. The second quotation, "He is the one who makes ... fire," is from the Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 1 6 b4s2 figs-metaphor τὸν πρωτότοκον 1 the firstborn This means Jesus. The author refers to him as the "firstborn" to emphasize the Son's importance and authority over everyone else. It does not imply that there was a time before Jesus existed or that God has other sons like Jesus. Alternate translation: "his honored Son, his only Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ HEB 1 12 iv4r figs-simile ὡς ἱμάτιον καὶ ἀλλαγήσοντα
|
|||
HEB 1 12 i761 figs-activepassive ἀλλαγήσονται 1 they will be changed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will change them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 v5mf figs-metaphor ἔτη σου οὐκ ἐκλείψουσιν 1 your years do not end Periods of time are used to represent God's eternal existence. Alternate translation: "your life will never end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 pqs9 0 General Information: This quotation comes from another Psalm.
|
||||
HEB 1 13 kz68 figs-rquestion πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε ... τῶν ποδῶν σου?” 1 But to which of the angels has God said at any time ... feet"? The author uses a question to emphasize that God has never said this to an angel. Alternate translation: "But God has never said to an angel at any time ... feet.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 kz68 figs-rquestion πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε ... τῶν ποδῶν σου? 1 But to which of the angels has God said at any time ... feet"? The author uses a question to emphasize that God has never said this to an angel. Alternate translation: "But God has never said to an angel at any time ... feet.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 s6k7 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 ulp5 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a stool for your feet Christ's enemies are spoken of as if they will become an object on which a king rests his feet. This image represents defeat and dishonor for his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 14 fk5v figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα ... κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν? 1 Are not all angels spirits ... inherit salvation? The author uses this question to remind the readers that angels are not as powerful as Christ, but they have a different role. Alternate translation: "All angels are spirits who ... inherit salvation." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ HEB 3 11 tz3l figs-metaphor εἰ‘ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν
|
|||
HEB 3 12 gv84 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this refers to fellow Christians including males and females. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" or "fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 lma5 figs-metonymy μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας, ἐν τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 there will not be anyone with an evil heart of unbelief, a heart that turns away from the living God Here "heart" is a metonym that represents a person's mind or will. Refusing to believe and obey God is spoken of as if the heart did not believe and it physically turned away from God. Alternate translation: "there will not be any of you who refuse to believe the truth and who stop obeying the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 kjm7 Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God "the true God who is really alive"
|
||||
HEB 3 13 d3k2 ἄχρις οὗ, τὸ “σήμερον”, καλεῖται 1 as long as it is called "today," "while there is still opportunity,"
|
||||
HEB 3 13 d3k2 ἄχρις οὗ, τὸ σήμερον, καλεῖται 1 as long as it is called "today," "while there is still opportunity,"
|
||||
HEB 3 13 m1e7 figs-activepassive μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the deceitfulness of sin will not harden any of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 13 b198 figs-abstractnouns μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin Being stubborn is spoken of as being hard or having a hard heart. The hardness is a result of being deceived by sin. This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "deceitfulness" is expressed as the verb "deceive." Alternate translation: "no one among you will be deceived by sin and become stubborn" or "you do not sin, deceiving yourselves so that you become stubborn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 14 znu5 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the same psalm that was also quoted in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
|
@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ HEB 11 11 mk6i πίστει καὶ αὐτῇ Σάρρᾳ δύναμιν εἰ
|
|||
HEB 11 11 mtf2 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 It was by faith The abstract noun "faith" can be expressed with the verb "believe." Possible meanings are 1) it was by Abraham's faith. Alternate translation: "It was because Abraham believed God" or 2) it was by Sarah's faith. Alternate translation: "It was because Sarah believed God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 11 dgu6 δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν 1 received ability to father a child "received ability to become a father" or "received ability to have a child"
|
||||
HEB 11 11 wgp6 ἐπεὶ πιστὸν ἡγήσατο τὸν ἐπαγγειλάμενον 1 since she considered as faithful the one who had given the promise "because he believed God, who had give the promise, to be faithful"
|
||||
HEB 11 12 x8b2 figs-simile ἐγεννήθησαν ... “καθὼς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει, καὶ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος, ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης, ἡ ἀναρίθμητος 1 descendants as many as the stars in the sky and as countless as sand by the seashore This simile means Abraham had very many descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 11 12 x8b2 figs-simile ἐγεννήθησαν ... καθὼς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει, καὶ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος, ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης, ἡ ἀναρίθμητος 1 descendants as many as the stars in the sky and as countless as sand by the seashore This simile means Abraham had very many descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 11 12 mu4e ὡς ἡ ἄμμος, ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης, ἡ ἀναρίθμητος 1 as countless as sand by the seashore This means that just as there are so many grains of sand on the seashore that no one can count them all, Abraham had so many descendants that no one can count them all.
|
||||
HEB 11 13 yin6 figs-metaphor μὴ λαβόντες τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 without receiving the promises This speaks of promises as if they are objects that a person receives. Alternate translation: "without receiving what God had promised them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 13 g5ut figs-metaphor πόρρωθεν αὐτὰς ἰδόντες καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι 1 after seeing and greeting them from far off Future promised events are spoken of as if they were travelers arriving from far away. Alternate translation: "after learning what God will do in the future" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1608.
|
|
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ JAS 2 16 n5jh figs-metonymy τοῦ σώματος 1 for the body to eat, to w
|
|||
JAS 2 16 yi63 figs-rquestion τί τὸ ὄφελος? 1 what good is that? James uses a rhetorical question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: "that is not good." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 17 me1d figs-metaphor ἡ πίστις, ἐὰν μὴ ἔχῃ ἔργα, νεκρά ἐστιν καθ’ ἑαυτήν 1 faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead James speaks of faith as if it were alive if one does good works, and of faith as if it were dead if one does not do good deeds. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "a person who says he believes God, but does not do what God commands, does not really believe God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 al63 figs-hypo ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις 1 Yet someone may say James describes a hypothetical situation where someone objects to his teaching. James seeks to correct his audience's understanding of faith and works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 ii8d figs-abstractnouns σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω; δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σου χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων, κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν.” 1 "You have faith, and I have works." Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works James is describing how someone may argue against his teaching and how he would respond. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "'It is acceptable that you believe God and that I do what God commands.' Prove to me that you can believe God and not do what he commands, and I will prove to you that I believe God by doing what he commands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 ii8d figs-abstractnouns σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω; δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σου χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων, κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν. 1 "You have faith, and I have works." Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works James is describing how someone may argue against his teaching and how he would respond. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "'It is acceptable that you believe God and that I do what God commands.' Prove to me that you can believe God and not do what he commands, and I will prove to you that I believe God by doing what he commands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 19 fv39 τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν 1 the demons believe that, and they tremble "the demons also believe, but they shake with fear." James contrasts the demons with those who claim to believe and not do good deeds. James states that the demons are wiser because they fear God while the others do not.
|
||||
JAS 2 20 ax95 figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν? 1 Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless? James uses this question to introduce the next part of his teaching. Alternate translation: "Listen to me, foolish man, and I will show that faith without works is useless." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 sd63 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν 1 that faith without works is useless This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "that if you do not do what God commands, then it is useless for you to say that you believe in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ JAS 5 12 fug7 πρὸ πάντων ... ἀδελφοί μου, 1 Above all, my
|
|||
JAS 5 12 bjt3 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers This refers to all believers including women. Alternate translation: "my fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 s755 μὴ ὀμνύετε 1 do not swear To "swear" is to say that you will do something, or that something is true, and to be held accountable by a higher authority. Alternate translation: "do not make an oath" or "do not make a vow"
|
||||
JAS 5 12 t1uq figs-metonymy μήτε τὸν οὐρανὸν, μήτε τὴν γῆν 1 either by heaven or by the earth The words "heaven" and "earth" refer to the spiritual or human authorities that are in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 m3ve ἤτω ... ὑμῶν τὸ “ ναὶ”, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ “ οὒ”, οὔ, 1 let your "Yes" mean "Yes" and your "No" mean "No," "do what you say you will do, or say that something is true, without making an oath"
|
||||
JAS 5 12 m3ve ἤτω ... ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ, 1 let your "Yes" mean "Yes" and your "No" mean "No," "do what you say you will do, or say that something is true, without making an oath"
|
||||
JAS 5 12 f6mx figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so you do not fall under judgment Being condemned is spoken of as if one had fallen, crushed by the weight of something heavy. Alternate translation: "so God will not punish you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 m3e6 figs-rquestion κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω. 1 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their need. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "If anyone is enduring troubles, he should pray" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 wdf7 figs-rquestion εὐθυμεῖ τις? ψαλλέτω. 1 Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their blessings. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "If anyone is happy, he should sing songs of praise" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1000.
|
|
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words "inner person" and "heart" refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: "what you really are on the inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 3 4 gbw9 τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 a gentle and quiet spirit "a gentle and peaceful attitude." Here the word "quiet" means "peaceful" or "calm." The word "spirit" refers to a person's attitude or temperament.
|
||||
1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter speaks of God's opinion of a person as if that person were standing directly in front of him. Alternate translation: "which God considers to be precious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον”, αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 called him her lord said that he was her lord, that is, her master
|
||||
1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον, αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 called him her lord said that he was her lord, that is, her master
|
||||
1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 You are now her children Peter says that believing women who act as Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to men who are husbands.
|
||||
1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 In the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 622.
|
|
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς ... ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 turn away from the holy commandment Here "turn away from" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "stop obeying the holy commandment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: "the holy commandment that God delivered to them" or "the holy commandment that God made sure that they received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 hqr3 συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This proverb is true for them "This proverb applies to them" or "This proverb describes them"
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα”, καί," ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known "the way of righteousness," have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known "the way of righteousness," have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, it is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile "like a thief in the night" means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
|
||||
2PE 3 1 n92f 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the last days.
|
||||
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ... τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 to stir up your sincere mind Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: "to cause you to think pure thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1259.
|
|
@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ JUD 1 15 bl4q ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ 1 to execute judgment on "
|
|||
JUD 1 16 zs28 γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 grumblers, complainers People who do not want to obey and speak against godly authority. "Grumblers" tend to speak quietly, while "complainers" speak openly.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 loud boasters People who praise themselves so that others can hear.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 j8rh θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 flatter others "give false praise to others"
|
||||
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι” τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires These people are spoken of as if their desires were kings who ruled over them. Alternate translation: "are never able to stop dishonoring God by doing the evil things they wish to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 j5m4 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι” τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires Ungodly desires are spoken of as if they were a path that a person will follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires These people are spoken of as if their desires were kings who ruled over them. Alternate translation: "are never able to stop dishonoring God by doing the evil things they wish to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 j5m4 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires Ungodly desires are spoken of as if they were a path that a person will follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 r28j οὗτοί εἰσιν 1 It is these "It is these mockers" or "These mockers are the ones"
|
||||
JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metaphor ψυχικοί 1 are worldly think as other ungodly people think, they value the things that unbelievers value (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 qn4p Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the Spirit The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that people can possess. Alternate translation: "the Spirit is not within them"
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1005.
|
|
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people
|
|||
REV 1 7 t16v καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 including those who pierced him "even those who pierced him will see him"
|
||||
REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus' hands and feet were pierced when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to people killing him. Alternate translation: "killed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 1 7 lqs9 ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced made a hole in
|
||||
REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ” 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who began all things and who ends all things" or 2) "the one who has always lived and who always will live." If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first and the last" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who began all things and who ends all things" or 2) "the one who has always lived and who always will live." If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first and the last" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would put "The Lord God says" at the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
REV 1 9 up7y 0 General Information: John explains how his vision began and the instructions the Spirit gave him.
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1760.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue